annotate man/reftex.texi @ 35362:f6b85f5a5397

(isearch-highlight): Set isearch-overlay priority to 1 here rather than each time through isearch-lazy-highlight-new-loop. (isearch-lazy-highlight-max): Variable deleted. (isearch-lazy-highlight-max-at-a-time): New user variable, like isearch-lazy-highlight-max but controls a single invocation of isearch-lazy-highlight-update. (isearch-lazy-highlight-wrapped): Variable recreated. (isearch-lazy-highlight-window-start): New variable. (isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup): Restored to behavior of before 2-Jan. (isearch-lazy-highlight-remove-overlays): Function deleted; behavior folded into isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup. "Keep" behavior removed. (isearch-lazy-highlight-new-loop): Restore old behavior of calling isearch-lazy-highlight-update in a loop rather than just once. Test isearch-invalid-regexp here and decide not to start a new loop, rather than testing it each time through isearch-lazy-highlight-update. (isearch-lazy-highlight-search): Function restored. (isearch-lazy-highlight-update): Get called in a timer loop again, but this time highlight more than one match each time through. Only highlight matches in the visible part of the window. Start at point, move in the direction of the search, and wrap around at the edge of the window. Use sit-for to force redisplay and ensure window-start is credible. "Face suppressing" behavior removed; overlay priorities should make it unnecessary, right? (isearch-highlight): Face suppressing behavior removed. (isearch-dehighlight): Face suppressing behavior removed. (isearch-set-lazy-highlight-faces-at): Removed.
author Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
date Wed, 17 Jan 2001 14:10:25 +0000
parents 6679ef9b33fe
children c7c99d08c223
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2 @c %**start of header
29819
7a583e16423b @setfilename to ../info/reftex.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29772
diff changeset
3 @setfilename ../info/reftex
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4 @settitle RefTeX User Manual
30009
95bdbefcdac6 Use dircategory `Emacs'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29819
diff changeset
5 @dircategory Emacs
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6 @direntry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7 * RefTeX: (reftex). Emacs support for LaTeX cross-references and citations.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8 @end direntry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9 @synindex ky cp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10 @syncodeindex vr cp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11 @syncodeindex fn cp
34403
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
12 @set VERSION 4.15
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
13 @set EDITION 4.15
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
14 @set DATE November 2000
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15 @set AUTHOR Carsten Dominik
29772
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
16 @set AUTHOR-EMAIL dominik@@astro.uva.nl
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17 @set MAINTAINER Carsten Dominik
29772
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
18 @set MAINTAINER-EMAIL dominik@@astro.uva.nl
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
19 @c %**end of header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
20 @finalout
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
21
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
22 @c Macro definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
23
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
24 @c Subheadings inside a table. Need a difference between info and the rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
25 @macro tablesubheading{text}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
26 @ifinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
27 @subsubheading \text\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
28 @end ifinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
29 @ifnotinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
30 @item @b{\text\}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
31 @end ifnotinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
32 @end macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
33
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
34 @ifinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
35 This file documents @b{Ref@TeX{}}, a package to do labels, references,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
36 citations and indices for LaTeX documents with Emacs.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
37
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
38 This is edition @value{EDITION} of the @b{Ref@TeX{}} User Manual for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
39 @b{Ref@TeX{}} @value{VERSION}@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40
27195
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
41 Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
44 copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45 this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
46
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 @ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48 Permission is granted to process this file through TeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
49 and print the results, provided the printed document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
50 carries a copying permission notice identical to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
51 one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
52 paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
53
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
54 @end ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
55 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 versions of this manual under the conditions for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57 verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
58 derive work is distributed under the terms of a permission
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
59 notice identical to this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
60
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
61 Permission is granted to copy and distribute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
62 translations of this manual into another language,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
63 under the above conditions for modified versions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
64 except that this permission notice may be stated in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 @end ifinfo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 @titlepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69 @title Ref@TeX{} User Manual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 @subtitle Support for LaTeX labels, references, citations and index entries with GNU Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 @subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, @value{DATE}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 @author by Carsten Dominik
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 @page
27195
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
75 Copyright @copyright{} 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 @sp 2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78 This is edition @value{EDITION} of the @cite{Ref@TeX{} User Manual} for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
79 @b{Ref@TeX{}} version @value{VERSION}, @value{DATE}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 @sp 2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 versions of this manual under the conditions for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 derive work is distributed under the terms of a permission
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 notice identical to this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 Permission is granted to copy and distribute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 translations of this manual into another language,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95 under the above conditions for modified versions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 except that this permission notice may be stated in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 @end titlepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 @page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
101
29772
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
102 @ifnottex
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 @node Top,,,(dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is a package for managing Labels, References,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
106 Citations and index entries with GNU Emacs.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
108 Don't be discouraged by the size of this manual, which covers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
109 @b{Ref@TeX{}} in great depth. All you need to know to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
110 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be summarized on two pages (@pxref{RefTeX in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
111 Nutshell}). You can go back later to other parts of this document when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
112 needed.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
114 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
115 * Introduction:: Quick-Start information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 * Table of Contents:: A Tool to move around quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118 * Labels and References:: Creating and referencing labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
119 * Citations:: Creating Citations.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
120 * Index Support:: Creating and Checking Index Entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
121 * Viewing Cross-References:: Who references or cites what?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 * RefTeXs Menu:: The Ref menu in the menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124 * Keybindings:: The default keybindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 * Faces:: Fontification of RefTeX's buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 * Multifile Documents:: Document spread over many files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
127 * Language Support:: How to support other languages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128 * Finding Files:: Included TeX files and BibTeX .bib files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 * AUCTeX:: Cooperation with AUCTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 * Optimizations:: When RefTeX is too slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 * Problems and Work-Arounds:: First Aid.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132 * Imprint:: Author, Web-site, Thanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 * Commands:: Which are the available commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135 * Options:: How to extend and configure RefTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 * Keymaps and Hooks:: For customization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 * Changes:: A List of recent changes to RefTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 The Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 * Index:: The full index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143 @detailmenu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 Introduction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147 * Installation:: How to install and activate RefTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 * RefTeX in a Nutshell:: A brief summary and quick guide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150 Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 * Creating Labels::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 * Referencing Labels::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 * Builtin Label Environments:: The environments RefTeX knows about.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155 * Defining Label Environments:: ... and environments it doesn't.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 * Reference Info:: View the label corresponding to a \ref.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 * xr (LaTeX package):: References to external documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 * varioref (LaTeX package):: How to create \vref instead of \ref.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 * fancyref (LaTeX package):: How to create \fref instead of \ref.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161 Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 * Theorem and Axiom:: Defined with @code{\newenvironment}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164 * Quick Equation:: When a macro sets the label type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 * Figure Wrapper:: When a macro argument is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 * Adding Magic Words:: Other words for other languages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 * Using \eqref:: How to switch to this AMS-LaTeX macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 * Non-Standard Environments:: Environments without \begin and \end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 * Putting it Together:: How to combine many entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171 Citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 * Creating Citations:: How to create them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174 * Citation Styles:: Natbib, Harvard, Chicago and Co.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 * Citation Info:: View the corresponding database entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 * Chapterbib and Bibunits:: Multiple bibliographies in a Document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 * Citations Outside LaTeX:: How to make citations in Emails etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 Index Support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
181 * Creating Index Entries:: Macros and completion of entries.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
182 * The Index Phrases File:: A special file for global indexing.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
183 * Displaying and Editing the Index:: The index editor.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184 * Builtin Index Macros:: The index macros RefTeX knows about.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 * Defining Index Macros:: ... and macros it doesn't.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
187 The Index Phrases File
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
188
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
189 * Collecting Phrases:: Collecting from document or external.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
190 * Consistency Checks:: Check for duplicates etc.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
191 * Global Indexing:: The interactive indexing process.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
192
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193 AUCTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195 * AUCTeX-RefTeX Interface:: How both packages work together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196 * Style Files:: AUCTeX's style files can support RefTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 * Bib-Cite:: Hypertext reading of a document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
199 Options, Keymaps, Hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
201 * Options (Table of Contents)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202 * Options (Defining Label Environments)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 * Options (Creating Labels)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204 * Options (Referencing Labels)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
205 * Options (Creating Citations)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
206 * Options (Index Support)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
207 * Options (Viewing Cross-References)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
208 * Options (Finding Files)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
209 * Options (Optimizations)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
210 * Options (Fontification)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
211 * Options (Misc)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
213 @end detailmenu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
214 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
215
29772
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
216 @end ifnottex
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 @node Introduction, Table of Contents, , Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 @chapter Introduction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
220 @cindex Introduction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is a specialized package for support of labels,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 references, citations, and the index in LaTeX. @b{Ref@TeX{}} wraps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 itself round 4 LaTeX macros: @code{\label}, @code{\ref}, @code{\cite},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 and @code{\index}. Using these macros usually requires looking up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 different parts of the document and searching through BibTeX database
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 files. @b{Ref@TeX{}} automates these time--consuming tasks almost
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 entirely. It also provides functions to display the structure of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 document and to move around in this structure quickly.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 Don't be discouraged by the size of this manual, which covers @b{Ref@TeX{}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233 in great depth. All you need to know to use @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 summarized on two pages (@pxref{RefTeX in a Nutshell}). You can go
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 back later to other parts of this document when needed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 @xref{Imprint}, for information about who to contact for help, bug
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239 reports or suggestions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242 * Installation:: How to install and activate RefTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 * RefTeX in a Nutshell:: A brief summary and quick guide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 @node Installation, RefTeX in a Nutshell, , Introduction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 @section Installation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 @cindex Installation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is bundled and pre--installed with Emacs since version 20.2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 It was also bundled and pre--installed with XEmacs 19.16--20.x. XEmacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252 21.x users want to install the corresponding plug-in package which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 available from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 @uref{ftp://ftp.xemacs.org/pub/xemacs/packages/,XEmacs ftp site}. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 the XEmacs 21.x documentation on package installation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 details.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 Users of earlier Emacs distributions (including Emacs 19) can get a copy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 of the @b{Ref@TeX{}} distribution from the maintainers web-page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 @xref{Imprint}, for more information.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 @section Environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 @cindex Finding files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 @cindex BibTeX database files, not found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 @cindex TeX files, not found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 @cindex @code{TEXINPUTS}, environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 @cindex @code{BIBINPUTS}, environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to access all files which are part of a multifile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 document, and the BibTeX database files requested by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 @code{\bibliography} command. To find these files, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 require a search path, i.e. a list of directories to check. Normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 this list is stored in the environment variables @code{TEXINPUTS} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 @code{BIBINPUTS} which are also used by @b{Ref@TeX{}}. However, on some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 systems these variables do not contain the full search path. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 @b{Ref@TeX{}} does not work for you because it cannot find some files,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 read @ref{Finding Files}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279 @section Entering @b{Ref@TeX{}} Mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 @findex turn-on-reftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 @findex reftex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283 @vindex LaTeX-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 @vindex latex-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 To turn @b{Ref@TeX{}} Mode on and off in a particular buffer, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 @kbd{M-x reftex-mode}. To turn on @b{Ref@TeX{}} Mode for all LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 files, add the following lines to your @file{.emacs} file:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290 (add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex) ; with AUCTeX LaTeX mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 (add-hook 'latex-mode-hook 'turn-on-reftex) ; with Emacs latex mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 @page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 @node RefTeX in a Nutshell, , Installation, Introduction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 @section @b{Ref@TeX{}} in a Nutshell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297 @cindex Quick-Start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 @cindex Getting Started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 @cindex RefTeX in a Nutshell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 @cindex Nutshell, RefTeX in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 @enumerate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304 @b{Table of Contents}@* Typing @kbd{C-c =} (@code{reftex-toc}) will show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305 a table of contents of the document. This buffer can display sections,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306 labels and index entries defined in the document. From the buffer, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 can jump quickly to every part of your document. Press @kbd{?} to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 help.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311 @b{Labels and References}@* @b{Ref@TeX{}} helps to create unique labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312 and to find the correct key for references quickly. It distinguishes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
313 labels for different environments, knows about all standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314 environments (and many others), and can be configured to recognize any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 additional labeled environments you have defined yourself (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316 @code{reftex-label-alist}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320 @b{Creating Labels}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 Type @kbd{C-c (} (@code{reftex-label}) to insert a label at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 derive a label from context (default for section labels)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327 prompt for a label string (default for figures and tables) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
329 insert a simple label made of a prefix and a number (all other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330 environments)@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
332 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333 Which labels are created how is configurable with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
334 @code{reftex-insert-label-flags}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
336 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337 @b{Referencing Labels}@* To make a reference, type @kbd{C-c )}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
338 (@code{reftex-reference}). This shows an outline of the document with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
339 all labels of a certain type (figure, equation,...) and some label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 context. Selecting a label inserts a @code{\ref@{@var{label}@}} macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341 into the original buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 @b{Citations}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346 Typing @kbd{C-c [} (@code{reftex-citation}) will let you specify a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347 regular expression to search in current BibTeX database files (as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 specified in the @code{\bibliography} command) and pull out a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349 matches for you to choose from. The list is @emph{formatted} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350 sorted. The selected article is referenced as @samp{\cite@{@var{key}@}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 (see the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} if you want to insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352 different macros).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355 @b{Index Support}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 @b{Ref@TeX{}} helps to enter index entries. It also compiles all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 entries into an alphabetically sorted @file{*Index*} buffer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 can use to check and edit the entries. @b{Ref@TeX{}} knows about the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359 standard index macros and can be configured to recognize any additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360 macros you have defined (@code{reftex-index-macros}). Multiple indices
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361 are supported.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365 @b{Creating Index Entries}@*
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
366 To index the current selection or the word at point, type @kbd{C-c /}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
367 (@code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}). The default macro
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
368 @code{reftex-index-default-macro} will be used. For a more complex entry
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
369 type @kbd{C-c <} (@code{reftex-index}), select any of the index macros
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
370 and enter the arguments with completion.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
371
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
372 @item
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
373 @b{The Index Phrases File (Delayed Indexing)}@*
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
374 Type @kbd{C-c \} (@code{reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word}) to add
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
375 the current word or selection to a special @emph{index phrase file}.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
376 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can later search the document for occurrences of these
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
377 phrases and let you interactively index the matches.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
378
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
379 @item
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
380 @b{Displaying and Editing the Index}@*
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
381 To display the compiled index in a special buffer, type @kbd{C-c >}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
382 (@code{reftex-display-index}). From that buffer you can check and edit
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
383 all entries.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 @page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 @item @b{Viewing Cross-References}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388 When point is on the @var{key} argument of a cross--referencing macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 (@code{\label}, @code{\ref}, @code{\cite}, @code{\bibitem},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 @code{\index}, and variations) or inside a BibTeX database entry, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 can press @kbd{C-c &} (@code{reftex-view-crossref}) to display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 corresponding locations in the document and associated BibTeX database
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
393 files.@refill @*
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
394 When the enclosing macro is @code{\cite} or @code{\ref} and no other
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
395 message occupies the echo area, information about the citation or label
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
396 will automatically be displayed in the echo area.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 @b{Multifile Documents}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 Multifile Documents are fully supported. The included files must have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 file variable @code{TeX-master} or @code{tex-main-file} pointing to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402 master file. @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides cross-referencing information from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 all parts of the document, and across document borders
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 (@file{xr.sty}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 @b{Document Parsing}@* @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to parse the document in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408 order to find labels and other information. It does it automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409 once and updates its list internally when @code{reftex-label} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410 @code{reftex-index} are used. To enforce reparsing, call any of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 commands described above with a raw @kbd{C-u} prefix, or press the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412 @kbd{r} key in the label selection buffer, the table of contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413 buffer, or the index buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416 @b{AUCTeX} @* If your major LaTeX mode is AUCTeX, @b{Ref@TeX{}} can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 cooperate with it (see variable @code{reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX}). AUCTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 contains style files which trigger appropriate settings in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 @b{Ref@TeX{}}, so that for many of the popular LaTeX packages no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 additional customizations will be necessary.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 @b{Useful Settings}@* To make @b{Ref@TeX{}} faster for large documents,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 try these:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 To integrate with AUCTeX, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 (setq reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 To make your own LaTeX macro definitions known to @b{Ref@TeX{}},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 customize the variables@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439 @code{reftex-label-alist} @r{(for label macros/environments)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 @code{reftex-section-levels} @r{(for sectioning commands)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 @code{reftex-cite-format} @r{(for @code{\cite}-like macros)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442 @code{reftex-index-macros} @r{(for @code{\index}-like macros)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 @code{reftex-index-default-macro} @r{(to set the default macro)}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445 If you have a large number of macros defined, you may want to write
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 an AUCTeX style file to support them with both AUCTeX and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 @b{Ref@TeX{}}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 @item @b{Where Next?}@* Go ahead and use @b{Ref@TeX{}}. Use its menus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 until you have picked up the key bindings. For an overview of what you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 can do in each of the different special buffers, press @kbd{?}. Read
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
452 the manual if you get stuck, of if you are curious what else might be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
453 available. The first part of the manual explains in
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 a tutorial way how to use and customize @b{Ref@TeX{}}. The second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 part is a command and variable reference.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 @end enumerate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 @node Table of Contents, Labels and References, Introduction, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459 @chapter Table of Contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460 @cindex @file{*toc*} buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 @cindex Table of contents buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462 @findex reftex-toc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 @kindex C-c =
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465 Pressing the keys @kbd{C-c =} pops up a buffer showing the table of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
466 contents of the document. By default, this @file{*toc*} buffer shows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467 only the sections of a document. Using the @kbd{l} and @kbd{i} keys you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468 can display all labels and index entries defined in the document as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 well.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471 With the cursor in any of the lines denoting a location in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472 document, simple key strokes will display the corresponding part in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473 another window, jump to that location, or perform other actions.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 @kindex ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476 Here is a list of special commands in the @file{*toc*} buffer. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477 summary of this information is always available by pressing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478 @kbd{?}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
480 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482 @tablesubheading{General}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 @item ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 Display a summary of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 @item 0-9, -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 Prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 @tablesubheading{Moving around}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 @item n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 Goto next entry in the table of context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 @item p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 Goto previous entry in the table of context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 @item C-c C-n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 Goto next section heading. Useful when many labels and index entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 separate section headings.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 @item C-c C-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501 Goto previous section heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503 @tablesubheading{Access to document locations}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 @item @key{SPC}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 Show the corresponding location in another window. This command does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 @emph{not} select that other window.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 @item @key{TAB}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 Goto the location in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 @item @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 Go to the location and hide the @file{*toc*} buffer. This will restore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513 the window configuration before @code{reftex-toc} (@kbd{C-c =}) was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514 called.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516 @item mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 @vindex reftex-highlight-selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518 Clicking with mouse button 2 on a line has the same effect as @key{RET}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 See also variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}, @ref{Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520 (Fontification)}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522 @item f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 @vindex reftex-toc-follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 @vindex reftex-revisit-to-follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 always show the location corresponding to the line at point in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 @file{*toc*} buffer. This is similar to pressing @key{SPC} after each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 cursor motion. The default for this flag can be set with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 @code{reftex-toc-follow-mode}. Note that only context in files already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 visited is shown. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not visit a file just for follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 mode. See, however, the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534 @item .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535 Show calling point in another window. This is the point from where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 @code{reftex-toc} was last called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538 @tablesubheading{Exiting}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 @item q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 Hide the @file{*toc*} buffer, return to the position where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541 @code{reftex-toc} was last called.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 @item k
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 Kill the @file{*toc*} buffer, return to the position where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 @code{reftex-toc} was last called.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 @item C-c >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 Switch to the @file{*Index*} buffer of this document. With prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 @samp{2}, restrict the index to the section at point in the @file{*toc*}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550 buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 @tablesubheading{Controlling what gets displayed}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
554 @item t
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
555 @vindex reftex-toc-max-level
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
556 Change the maximum level of toc entries displayed in the @file{*toc*}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
557 buffer. Without prefix arg, all levels will be included. With prefix
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
558 arg (e.g @kbd{3 t}), ignore all toc entries with level greater than
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
559 @var{arg} (3 in this case). Chapters are level 1, sections are level 2.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
560 The mode line @samp{T<>} indicator shows the current value. The default
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
561 depth can be configured with the variable
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
562 @code{reftex-toc-max-level}.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
563
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 @item F
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565 @vindex reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 Toggle the display of the file borders of a multifile document in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567 @file{*toc*} buffer. The default for this flag can be set with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568 variable @code{reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570 @item l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 @vindex reftex-toc-include-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572 Toggle the display of labels in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573 for this flag can be set with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 @code{reftex-toc-include-labels}. When called with a prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for a label type and include only labels of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 the selected type in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The mode line @samp{L<>}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 indicator shows which labels are included.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 @item i
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 @vindex reftex-toc-include-index-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 Toggle the display of index entries in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 default for this flag can be set with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 @code{reftex-toc-include-index-entries}. When called with a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 argument, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for a specific index and include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 only entries in the selected index in the @file{*toc*} buffer. The mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 line @samp{I<>} indicator shows which index is used.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 @item c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 @vindex reftex-toc-include-context
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590 Toggle the display of label and index context in the @file{*toc*}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 buffer. The default for this flag can be set with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 @code{reftex-toc-include-context}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 @item g
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 Rebuild the @file{*toc*} buffer. This does @emph{not} rescan the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 @item r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 Reparse the LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*toc*} buffer. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 @code{reftex-enable-partial-scans} is non-nil, rescan only the file this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 location is defined in, not the entire document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606 @item C-u r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 Reparse the @emph{entire} LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*toc*}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 @item x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 Switch to the @file{*toc*} buffer of an external document. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 current document is using the @code{xr} package (@pxref{xr (LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 package)}), @b{Ref@TeX{}} will switch to one of the external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 documents.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 @vindex reftex-toc-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 In order to define additional commands for the @file{*toc*} buffer, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620 keymap @code{reftex-toc-map} may be used.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 @cindex Sectioning commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623 @cindex KOMA-Script, LaTeX classes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 @cindex LaTeX classes, KOMA-Script
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
625 @cindex TOC entries for environments
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 @vindex reftex-section-levels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 The section macros recognized by @b{Ref@TeX{}} are all LaTeX section
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 macros (from @code{\part} to @code{\subsubparagraph}) and the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 @code{\addchap} and @code{\addsec} from the KOMA-Script classes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 Additional macros can be configured with the variable
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
631 @code{reftex-section-levels}. It is also possible to add certain LaTeX
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
632 environments to the table of contents. This is probably only useful for
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
633 theorem-like environments. @xref{Defining Label Environments}, for an
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
634 example.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636 @node Labels and References, Citations, Table of Contents, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637 @chapter Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638 @cindex Labels in LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 @cindex References in LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
640 @cindex Label category
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641 @cindex Label environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 @cindex @code{\label}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
644 LaTeX provides a powerful mechanism to deal with cross--references in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645 document. When writing a document, any part of it can be marked with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
646 label, like @samp{\label@{mark@}}. LaTeX records the current value of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647 certain counter when a label is defined. Later references to this label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
648 (like @samp{\ref@{mark@}}) will produce the recorded value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
649 counter.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
651 Labels can be used to mark sections, figures, tables, equations,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
652 footnotes, items in enumerate lists etc. LaTeX is context sensitive in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653 doing this: A label defined in a figure environment automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654 records the figure counter, not the section counter.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656 Several different environments can share a common counter and therefore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657 a common label category. E.g. labels in both @code{equation} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658 @code{eqnarray} environments record the value of the same counter - the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659 equation counter.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
661 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
662 * Creating Labels::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
663 * Referencing Labels::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
664 * Builtin Label Environments:: The environments RefTeX knows about.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665 * Defining Label Environments:: ... and environments it doesn't.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666 * Reference Info:: View the label corresponding to a \ref.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 * xr (LaTeX package):: References to external documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
668 * varioref (LaTeX package):: How to create \vref instead of \ref.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
669 * fancyref (LaTeX package):: How to create \fref instead of \ref.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
670 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
672 @node Creating Labels, Referencing Labels, , Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
673 @section Creating Labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
674 @cindex Creating labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
675 @cindex Labels, creating
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
676 @cindex Labels, deriving from context
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
677 @kindex C-c (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
678 @findex reftex-label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
680 In order to create a label in a LaTeX document, press @kbd{C-c (}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
681 (@code{reftex-label}). Just like LaTeX, @b{Ref@TeX{}} is context sensitive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682 and will figure out the environment it currently is in and adapt the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683 label to that environment. A label usually consists of a short prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684 indicating the type of the label and a unique mark. @b{Ref@TeX{}} has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
685 3 different modes to create this mark.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
687 @enumerate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
689 @vindex reftex-translate-to-ascii-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 @vindex reftex-derive-label-parameters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691 @vindex reftex-label-illegal-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692 @vindex reftex-abbrev-parameters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 A label can be derived from context. This means, @b{Ref@TeX{}} takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 the context of the label definition and constructs a label from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695 that@footnote{Note that the context may contain constructs which are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696 illegal in labels. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will therefore strip the accent from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 accented Latin-1 characters and remove everything else which is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 legal in labels. This mechanism is safe, but may not be satisfactory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 for non-western languages. Check the following variables if you need to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700 change things: @code{reftex-translate-to-ascii-function},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters}, @code{reftex-label-illegal-re},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
702 @code{reftex-abbrev-parameters}.}. This works best for section labels,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
703 where the section heading is used to construct a label. In fact,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
704 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s default settings use this method only for section
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
705 labels. You will be asked to confirm the derived label, or edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
706 it.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 We may also use a simple unique number to identify a label. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710 mostly useful for labels where it is difficult to come up with a very
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 good descriptive name. @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s default settings use this method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 for equations, enumerate items and footnotes. The author of @b{Ref@TeX{}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713 tends to write documents with many equations and finds it impossible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 to come up with good names for each of them. These simple labels are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715 inserted without query, and are therefore very fast. Good descriptive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716 names are not really necessary as @b{Ref@TeX{}} will provide context to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 reference a label (@pxref{Referencing Labels}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 The third method is to ask the user for a label. This is most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 useful for things which are easy to describe briefly and do not turn up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722 too frequently in a document. @b{Ref@TeX{}} uses this for figures and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723 tables. Of course, one can enter the label directly by typing the full
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724 @samp{\label@{mark@}}. The advantage of using @code{reftex-label}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 anyway is that @b{Ref@TeX{}} will know that a new label has been defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726 It will then not be necessary to rescan the document in order to access
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 this label later.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728 @end enumerate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730 @vindex reftex-insert-label-flags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731 If you want to change the way certain labels are created, check out the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 variable @code{reftex-insert-label-flags} (@pxref{Options (Creating
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 Labels)}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735 If you are using AUCTeX to write your LaTeX documents, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736 set it up to delegate the creation of labels to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737 @b{Ref@TeX{}}. @xref{AUCTeX}, for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739 @node Referencing Labels, Builtin Label Environments, Creating Labels, Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 @section Referencing Labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741 @cindex Referencing labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 @cindex Labels, referencing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743 @cindex Selection buffer, labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744 @cindex Selection process
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745 @cindex @code{\ref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746 @kindex C-c )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747 @findex reftex-reference
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 Referencing Labels is really at the heart of @b{Ref@TeX{}}. Press @kbd{C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750 )} in order to reference a label (reftex-reference). This will start a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 selection process and finally insert the complete @samp{\ref@{label@}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 into the buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 First, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will determine the label category which is required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 Often that can be figured out from context. For example, if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756 write @samp{As shown in eq.} and the press @kbd{C-c )}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} knows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 that an equation label is going to be referenced. If it cannot figure
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 out what label category is needed, it will query for one.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760 You will then be presented with a label selection menu. This is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 special buffer which contains an outline of the document along with all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 labels of the given label category. In addition, next to the label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 there will be one line of context of the label definition, which is some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 text in the buffer near the label definition. Usually this is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 sufficient to identify the label. If you are unsure about a certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 label, pressing @key{SPC} will show the label definition point in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 another window.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769 In order to reference a label, move to cursor to the correct label and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770 press @key{RET}. You can also reference several labels with a single
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 call to @code{reftex-reference} by marking entries with the @kbd{m}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772 key (see below).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 @kindex ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 Here is a list of special commands in the selection buffer. A summary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776 of this information is always available from the selection process by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777 pressing @kbd{?}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 @tablesubheading{General}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 @item ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784 Show a summary of available commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786 @item 0-9,-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 Prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 @tablesubheading{Moving around}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 @item n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791 Go to next label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793 @item p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794 Go to previous label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 @item b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 Jump back to the position where you last left the selection buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 Normally this should get you back to the last referenced label.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 @item C-c C-n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 Goto next section heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 @item C-c C-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 Goto previous section heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 @tablesubheading{Displaying Context}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 @item @key{SPC}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 Show the surroundings of the definition of the current label in another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 window. See also the @kbd{f} key.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811 @item f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812 @vindex reftex-revisit-to-follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814 always display the full context of the current label. This is similar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 to pressing @key{SPC} after each cursor motion. Note that only context
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816 in files already visited is shown. @b{RefTeX} will not visit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817 just for follow mode. See, however, the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818 @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820 @item .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 Show insertion point in another window. This is the point from where you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 called @code{reftex-reference}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 @tablesubheading{Selecting a label and creating the reference}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 @item @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826 Insert a reference to the label at point into the buffer from which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 selection process was started. When entries have been marked, @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 references all marked labels.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 @item mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 @vindex reftex-highlight-selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 Clicking with mouse button 2 on a label will accept it like @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 would. See also variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}, @ref{Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 (Misc)}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 @vindex reftex-multiref-punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 @item m - + ,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838 Mark the current entry. When several entries have been marked, pressing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 @kbd{RET} will accept all of them and place them into several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 @code{\ref} macros. The special markers @samp{,-+} also store a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 separator to be inserted before the corresponding reference. So marking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842 six entries with the keys @samp{m , , - , +} will give a reference list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 like this (see the variable @code{reftex-multiref-punctuation})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845 In eqs. (1), (2), (3)--(4), (5) and (6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 @item u
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 Unmark a marked entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 @c FIXME: Do we need `A' as well for consistency?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{saferef}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 @cindex @code{saferef}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 @item a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 Accept the marked entries and put all labels as a comma-separated list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 into one @emph{single} @code{\ref} macro. Some packages like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 @file{saferef.sty} support multiple references in this way.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 @item l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 Use the last referenced label(s) again. This is equivalent to moving to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 that label and pressing @key{RET}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 @item @key{TAB}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 Enter a label with completion. This may also be a label which does not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 yet exist in the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 @item v
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 @cindex @code{varioref}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 @cindex @code{\vref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{varioref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 Toggle between @code{\ref} and @code{\vref} macro for references. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872 @code{\vref} macro is defined in the @code{varioref} LaTeX package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 With this key you can force @b{Ref@TeX{}} to insert a @code{\vref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 macro. The current state of this flag is displayed by the @samp{S<>}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 indicator in the mode line of the selection buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 @item V
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 @cindex @code{fancyref}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879 @cindex @code{\fref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 @cindex @code{\Fref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{fancyref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 Cycle between @code{\ref}, @code{\fref} and @code{\Fref}. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 @code{\fref} and @code{\Fref} macros are defined in the @code{fancyref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 LaTeX package. With this key you can force @b{Ref@TeX{}} to insert a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885 @code{\fref} or @code{\Fref} macro. The current state of this flag is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 displayed by the @samp{S<>} indicator in the mode line of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 selection buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 @tablesubheading{Exiting}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891 @item q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 Exit the selection process without inserting any reference into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 @tablesubheading{Controlling what gets displayed}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 @vindex reftex-label-menu-flags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 The defaults for the following flags can be configured with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898 @code{reftex-label-menu-flags} (@pxref{Options (Referencing Labels)}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 @item c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 Toggle the display of the one-line label definition context in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 selection buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 @item F
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 Toggle the display of the file borders of a multifile document in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 selection buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 @item t
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
909 Toggle the display of the table of contents in the selection buffer.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
910 With prefix @var{arg}, change the maximum level of toc entries displayed
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
911 to @var{arg}. Chapters are level 1, section are level 2.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 @item #
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 Toggle the display of a label counter in the selection buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 @item %
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 Toggle the display of labels hidden in comments in the selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 buffers. Sometimes, you may have commented out parts of your document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 If these parts contain label definitions, @b{Ref@TeX{}} can still display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 and reference these labels.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 @item g
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 Update the menu. This will rebuilt the menu from the internal label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 list, but not reparse the document (see @kbd{r}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 @item r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 Reparse the document to update the information on all labels and rebuild
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 the menu. If the variable @code{reftex-enable-partial-scans} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 non-@code{nil} and your document is a multifile document, this will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 reparse only a part of the document (the file in which the label at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 point was defined).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 @item C-u r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 Reparse the @emph{entire} document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 @item s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 Switch the label category. After prompting for another label category,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 a menu for that category will be shown.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 @item x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943 Reference a label from an external document. With the LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 @code{xr} it is possible to reference labels defined in another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 document. This key will switch to the label menu of an external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 document and let you select a label from there (@pxref{xr (LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 package),,xr}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 @vindex reftex-select-label-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 In order to define additional commands for the selection process, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 keymap @code{reftex-select-label-map} may be used.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 @node Builtin Label Environments, Defining Label Environments, Referencing Labels, Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956 @section Builtin Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 @cindex Builtin label environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 @cindex Label environments, builtin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 @cindex Environments, builtin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 @vindex reftex-label-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 @vindex reftex-label-alist-builtin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to be aware of the environments which can be referenced
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 with a label (i.e. which carry their own counters). By default, @b{Ref@TeX{}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 recognizes all labeled environments and macros discussed in @cite{The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 LaTeX Companion by Goossens, Mittelbach & Samarin, Addison-Wesley
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 1994.}. These are:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 @cindex @code{figure}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 @cindex @code{figure*}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 @cindex @code{table}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 @cindex @code{table*}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 @cindex @code{equation}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 @cindex @code{eqnarray}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 @cindex @code{enumerate}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978 @cindex @code{\footnote}, LaTeX macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 @cindex LaTeX macro @code{footnote}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 @cindex LaTeX core
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 @code{figure}, @code{figure*}, @code{table}, @code{table*}, @code{equation},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982 @code{eqnarray}, @code{enumerate}, the @code{\footnote} macro (this is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 the LaTeX core stuff)@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 @cindex AMS-LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 @cindex @code{amsmath}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{amsmath}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 @cindex @code{align}, AMS-LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 @cindex @code{gather}, AMS-LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 @cindex @code{multline}, AMS-LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 @cindex @code{flalign}, AMS-LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 @cindex @code{alignat}, AMS-LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 @cindex @code{xalignat}, AMS-LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994 @cindex @code{xxalignat}, AMS-LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 @cindex @code{subequations}, AMS-LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996 @code{align}, @code{gather}, @code{multline}, @code{flalign},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 @code{alignat}, @code{xalignat}, @code{xxalignat}, @code{subequations}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 (from AMS-LaTeX's @file{amsmath.sty} package)@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000 @cindex @code{endnote}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{endnote}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 @cindex @code{\endnote}, LaTeX macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 the @code{\endnote} macro (from @file{endnotes.sty})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 @cindex @code{fancybox}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{fancybox}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 @cindex @code{Beqnarray}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 @code{Beqnarray} (@file{fancybox.sty})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 @cindex @code{floatfig}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{floatfig}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012 @cindex @code{floatingfig}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 @code{floatingfig} (@file{floatfig.sty})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 @cindex @code{longtable}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{longtable}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 @cindex @code{longtable}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018 @code{longtable} (@file{longtable.sty})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 @cindex @code{picinpar}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{picinpar}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 @cindex @code{figwindow}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 @cindex @code{tabwindow}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 @code{figwindow}, @code{tabwindow} (@file{picinpar.sty})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 @cindex @code{sidecap}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{sidecap}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 @cindex @code{SCfigure}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 @cindex @code{SCtable}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 @code{SCfigure}, @code{SCtable} (@file{sidecap.sty})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 @cindex @code{rotating}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{rotating}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 @cindex @code{sidewaysfigure}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 @cindex @code{sidewaystable}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 @code{sidewaysfigure}, @code{sidewaystable} (@file{rotating.sty})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 @cindex @code{subfig}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{subfigure}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 @cindex @code{subfigure}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041 @cindex @code{subfigure*}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 @code{subfigure}, @code{subfigure*}, the @code{\subfigure} macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 (@file{subfigure.sty})@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 @cindex @code{supertab}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{supertab}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 @cindex @code{supertabular}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 @code{supertabular} (@file{supertab.sty})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 @cindex @code{wrapfig}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{wrapfig}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 @cindex @code{wrapfigure}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 @code{wrapfigure} (@file{wrapfig.sty})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 If you want to use other labeled environments, defined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 @code{\newtheorem}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to be configured to recognize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 them (@pxref{Defining Label Environments}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 @node Defining Label Environments, Reference Info, Builtin Label Environments, Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061 @section Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 @cindex Label environments, defining
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 @vindex reftex-label-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be configured to recognize additional labeled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 environments and macros. This is done with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 @code{reftex-label-alist} (@pxref{Options (Defining Label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068 Environments)}). If you are not familiar with Lisp, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 @code{custom} library to configure this rather complex variable. To do
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 this, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 @kbd{M-x customize-variable @key{RET} reftex-label-alist @key{RET}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 @vindex reftex-label-alist-builtin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 Here we will discuss a few examples, in order to make things clearer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 It can also be instructive to look at the constant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 @code{reftex-label-alist-builtin} which contains the entries for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 all the builtin environments and macros (@pxref{Builtin Label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081 Environments}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 * Theorem and Axiom:: Defined with @code{\newenvironment}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 * Quick Equation:: When a macro sets the label type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 * Figure Wrapper:: When a macro argument is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 * Adding Magic Words:: Other words for other languages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 * Using \eqref:: How to switch to this AMS-LaTeX macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 * Non-Standard Environments:: Environments without \begin and \end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 * Putting it Together:: How to combine many entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 @node Theorem and Axiom, Quick Equation, , Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 @subsection Theorem and Axiom Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 @cindex @code{theorem}, newtheorem
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 @cindex @code{axiom}, newtheorem
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097 @cindex @code{\newtheorem}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 Suppose you are using @code{\newtheorem} in LaTeX in order to define two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 new environments, @code{theorem} and @code{axiom}@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 \newtheorem@{axiom@}@{Axiom@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 \newtheorem@{theorem@}@{Theorem@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 to be used like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 \begin@{axiom@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 \label@{ax:first@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 ....
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 \end@{axiom@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 So we need to tell @b{Ref@TeX{}} that @code{theorem} and @code{axiom} are new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 labeled environments which define their own label categories. We can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 either use Lisp to do this (e.g. in @file{.emacs}) or use the custom
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 library. With Lisp it would look like this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 (setq reftex-label-alist
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1124 '(("axiom" ?a "ax:" "~\\ref@{%s@}" nil ("axiom" "ax.") -2)
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1125 ("theorem" ?h "thr:" "~\\ref@{%s@}" t ("theorem" "th.") -3)))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 The type indicator characters @code{?a} and @code{?h} are used for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129 prompts when @b{Ref@TeX{}} queries for a label type. @code{?h}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 was chosen for @code{theorem} since @code{?t} is already taken by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 @code{table}. Note that also @code{?s}, @code{?f}, @code{?e},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 @code{?i}, @code{?n} are already used for standard environments.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 The labels for Axioms and Theorems will have the prefixes @samp{ax:} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 @samp{thr:}, respectively. @xref{AUCTeX}, for information on how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 AUCTeX can use @b{Ref@TeX{}} to automatically create labels when a new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138 environment is inserted into a buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 The @samp{~\ref@{%s@}} is a format string indicating how to insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 references to these labels.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 The next item indicates how to grab context of the label definition.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 @code{t} means to get it from a default location (from the beginning of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 a @code{\macro} or after the @code{\begin} statement). @code{t} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 @emph{not} a good choice for eqnarray and similar environments.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 @code{nil} means to use the text right after the label definition.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 For more complex ways of getting context, see the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 @code{reftex-label-alist} (@ref{Options (Defining Label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 Environments)}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1159 The following list of strings is used to guess the correct label type
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1160 from the word before point when creating a reference. E.g. if you
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 write: @samp{As we have shown in Theorem} and then press @kbd{C-c )},
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1162 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will know that you are looking for a theorem label and
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1163 restrict the menu to only these labels without even asking.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1164
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1165 The final item in each entry is the level at which the environment
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1166 should produce entries in the table of context buffer. If the number is
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1167 positive, the environment will produce numbered entries (like
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1168 @code{\section}), if it is negative the entries will be unnumbered (like
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1169 @code{\section*}). Use this only for environments which structure the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1170 document similar to sectioning commands. For everything else, omit the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1171 item.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 To do the same configuration with @code{customize}, you need to click on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 the @code{[INS]} button twice to create two templates and fill them in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 like this:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 Reftex Label Alist: [Hide]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 [INS] [DEL] Package or Detailed : [Value Menu] Detailed:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 Environment or \macro : [Value Menu] String: axiom
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 Type specification : [Value Menu] Char : a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 Label prefix string : [Value Menu] String: ax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 Label reference format: [Value Menu] String: ~\ref@{%s@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 Context method : [Value Menu] After label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 Magic words:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 [INS] [DEL] String: axiom
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 [INS] [DEL] String: ax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 [INS]
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1189 [X] Make TOC entry : [Value Menu] Level: -2
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 [INS] [DEL] Package or Detailed : [Value Menu] Detailed:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 Environment or \macro : [Value Menu] String: theorem
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 Type specification : [Value Menu] Char : h
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 Label prefix string : [Value Menu] String: thr:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 Label reference format: [Value Menu] String: ~\ref@{%s@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 Context method : [Value Menu] Default position
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 Magic words:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 [INS] [DEL] String: theorem
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 [INS] [DEL] String: theor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 [INS] [DEL] String: th.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 [INS]
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1201 [X] Make TOC entry : [Value Menu] Level: -3
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 @vindex reftex-insert-label-flags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 @vindex reftex-label-menu-flags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 Depending on how you would like the label insertion and selection for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 the new environments to work, you might want to add the letters @samp{a}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 and @samp{h} to some of the flags in the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209 @code{reftex-insert-label-flags} (@pxref{Options (Creating Labels)})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 and @code{reftex-label-menu-flags} (@pxref{Options (Referencing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 Labels)}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 @node Quick Equation, Figure Wrapper, Theorem and Axiom , Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 @subsection Quick Equation Macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 @cindex Quick equation macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 @cindex Macros as environment wrappers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 Suppose you would like to have a macro for quick equations. It
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 could be defined like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 \newcommand@{\quickeq@}[1]@{\begin@{equation@} #1 \end@{equation@}@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 and used like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 Einstein's equation is \quickeq@{E=mc^2 \label@{eq:einstein@}@}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 We need to tell @b{Ref@TeX{}} that any label defined in the argument of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 @code{\quickeq} is an equation label. Here is how to do this with lisp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 (setq reftex-label-alist '(("\\quickeq@{@}" ?e nil nil 1 nil)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 The first element in this list is now the macro with empty braces as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 @emph{image} of the macro arguments. @code{?e} indicates that this is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 an equation label, the different @code{nil} elements indicate to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 default values for equations. The @samp{1} as the fifth element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 indicates that the context of the label definition should be the 1st
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 argument of the macro.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 Here is again how this would look in the customization buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 Reftex Label Alist: [Hide]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 [INS] [DEL] Package or Detailed : [Value Menu] Detailed:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 Environment or \macro : [Value Menu] String: \quickeq@{@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253 Type specification : [Value Menu] Char : e
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 Label prefix string : [Value Menu] Default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 Label reference format: [Value Menu] Default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 Context method : [Value Menu] Macro arg nr: 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 Magic words:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 [INS]
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1259 [ ] Make TOC entry : [Value Menu] No entry
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 @node Figure Wrapper, Adding Magic Words, Quick Equation, Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 @subsection Figure Wrapping Macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 @cindex Macros as environment wrappers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265 @cindex Figure wrapping macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 Suppose you want to make figures not directly with the figure
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 environment, but with a macro like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 \newcommand@{\myfig@}[5][tbp]@{%
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 \begin@{figure@}[#1]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 \epsimp[#5]@{#2@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 \caption@{#3@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 \label@{#4@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 \end@{figure@}@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 which would be called like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 \myfig[htp]@{filename@}@{caption text@}@{label@}@{1@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 Now we need to tell @b{Ref@TeX{}} that the 4th argument of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 @code{\myfig} macro @emph{is itself} a figure label, and where to find
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 the context.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 (setq reftex-label-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 '(("\\myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}" ?f nil nil 3)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295 The empty pairs of brackets indicate the different arguments of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 @code{\myfig} macro. The @samp{*} marks the label argument. @code{?f}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 indicates that this is a figure label which will be listed together with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298 labels from normal figure environments. The @code{nil} entries for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 prefix and reference format mean to use the defaults for figure labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 The @samp{3} for the context method means to grab the 3rd macro argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 - the caption.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 As a side effect of this configuration, @code{reftex-label} will now
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 insert the required naked label (without the @code{\label} macro) when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 point is directly after the opening parenthesis of a @code{\myfig} macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 argument.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 Again, here the configuration in the customization buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311 [INS] [DEL] Package or Detailed : [Value Menu] Detailed:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 Environment or \macro : [Value Menu] String: \myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 Type specification : [Value Menu] Char : f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 Label prefix string : [Value Menu] Default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 Label reference format: [Value Menu] Default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 Context method : [Value Menu] Macro arg nr: 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 Magic words:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 [INS]
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1319 [ ] Make TOC entry : [Value Menu] No entry
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 @node Adding Magic Words, Using \eqref, Figure Wrapper, Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 @subsection Adding Magic Words
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 @cindex Magic words
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 @cindex German magic words
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 @cindex Label category
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328 Sometimes you don't want to define a new label environment or macro, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 just change the information associated with a label category. Maybe you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 want to add some magic words, for another language. Changing only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 information associated with a label category is done by giving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332 @code{nil} for the environment name and then specify the items you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 to define. Here is an example which adds German magic words to all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 predefined label categories.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 (setq reftex-label-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 '((nil ?s nil nil nil ("Kapitel" "Kap." "Abschnitt" "Teil"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 (nil ?e nil nil nil ("Gleichung" "Gl."))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 (nil ?t nil nil nil ("Tabelle"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341 (nil ?f nil nil nil ("Figur" "Abbildung" "Abb."))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 (nil ?n nil nil nil ("Anmerkung" "Anm."))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 (nil ?i nil nil nil ("Punkt"))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 @node Using \eqref, Non-Standard Environments, Adding Magic Words, Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 @subsection Using @code{\eqref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348 @cindex @code{\eqref}, AMS-LaTeX macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 @cindex AMS-LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 @cindex Label category
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352 Another case where one only wants to change the information associated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 with the label category is to change the macro which is used for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 referencing the label. When working with the AMS-LaTeX stuff, you might
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 prefer @code{\eqref} for doing equation references. Here is how to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 do this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 (setq reftex-label-alist '((nil ?e nil "~\\eqref@{%s@}" nil nil)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 @b{Ref@TeX{}} has also a predefined symbol for this special purpose. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 following is equivalent to the line above.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 (setq reftex-label-alist '(AMSTeX))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 Note that this is automatically done by the @file{amsmath.el} style file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 of AUCTeX (@pxref{Style Files}) - so if you use AUCTeX,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 this configuration will not be necessary.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 @node Non-Standard Environments, Putting it Together, Using \eqref, Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 @subsection Non-standard Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 @cindex Non-standard environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 @cindex Environments without @code{\begin}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 @cindex Special parser functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 @cindex Parser functions, for special environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380 Some LaTeX packages define environment-like structures without using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 standard @samp{\begin..\end} structure. @b{Ref@TeX{}} cannot parse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 these directly, but you can write your own special-purpose parser and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383 use it instead of the name of an environment in an entry for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 @code{reftex-label-alist}. The function should check if point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 currently in the special environment it was written to detect. If so,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 it must return a buffer position indicating the start of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387 environment. The return value must be @code{nil} on failure to detect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 the environment. The function is called with one argument @var{bound}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 If non-@code{nil}, @var{bound} is a boundary for backwards searches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 which should be observed. We will discuss two examples.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 @cindex LaTeX commands, abbreviated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 Some people define abbreviations for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 environments, like @code{\be} for @code{\begin@{equation@}}, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 @code{\ee} for @code{\end@{equation@}}. The parser function would have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 to search backward for these macros. When the first match is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 @code{\ee}, point is not in this environment. When the first match is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 @code{\be}, point is in this environment and the function must return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 the beginning of the match. To avoid scanning too far, we can also look
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 for empty lines which cannot occure inside an equation environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 Here is the setup:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 ;; Setup entry in reftex-label-alist, using all defaults for equations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 (setq reftex-label-alist '((detect-be-ee ?e nil nil nil nil)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 (defun detect-be-ee (bound)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409 ;; Search backward for the macros or an empty line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 (if (re-search-backward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411 "\\(^[ \t]*\n\\|\\\\ee\\>\\)\\|\\(\\\\be\\>\\)" bound t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 (if (match-beginning 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 (match-beginning 2) ; Return start of environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 nil) ; Return nil because env is closed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 nil)) ; Return nil for not found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 @cindex @code{linguex}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{linguex}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 A more complex example is the @file{linguex.sty} package which defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 list macros @samp{\ex.}, @samp{\a.}, @samp{\b.} etc. for lists which are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 terminated by @samp{\z.} or by an empty line.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 \ex. \label@{ex:12@} Some text in an exotic language ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 \a. \label@{ex:13@} more stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 \b. \label@{ex:14@} still more stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 \a. List on a deeper level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429 \b. Another item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 \b. and the third one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 \z.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 \b. Third item on this level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 ... text after the empty line terminating all lists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 The difficulty is that the @samp{\a.} lists can nest and that an empty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 line terminates all list levels in one go. So we have to count nesting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 levels between @samp{\a.} and @samp{\z.}. Here is the implementation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 for @b{Ref@TeX{}}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 (setq reftex-label-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 '((detect-linguex ?x "ex:" "~\\ref@{%s@}" nil ("Example" "Ex."))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 (defun detect-linguex (bound)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 (let ((cnt 0))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 (catch 'exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 (while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 ;; Search backward for all possible delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 (re-search-backward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 (concat "\\(^[ \t]*\n\\)\\|\\(\\\\z\\.\\)\\|"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 "\\(\\ex[ig]?\\.\\)\\|\\(\\\\a\\.\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 ;; Check which delimiter was matched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 (cond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 ((match-beginning 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 ;; empty line terminates all - return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 (throw 'exit nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 ((match-beginning 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 ;; \z. terminates one list level - decrease nesting count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 (decf cnt))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 ((match-beginning 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 ;; \ex. : return match unless there was a \z. on this level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 (throw 'exit (if (>= cnt 0) (match-beginning 3) nil)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 ((match-beginning 4)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 ;; \a. : return match when on level 0, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 ;; increment nesting count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 (if (>= cnt 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 (throw 'exit (match-beginning 4))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 (incf cnt))))))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 @node Putting it Together, , Non-Standard Environments, Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 @subsection Putting it all together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 When you have to put several entries into @code{reftex-label-alist}, just
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478 put them after each other in a list, or create that many templates in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 the customization buffer. Here is a lisp example which uses several of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 the entries described above:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 (setq reftex-label-alist
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1484 '(("axiom" ?a "ax:" "~\\ref@{%s@}" nil ("axiom" "ax.") -2)
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1485 ("theorem" ?h "thr:" "~\\ref@{%s@}" t ("theorem" "theor." "th.") -3)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 ("\\quickeq@{@}" ?e nil nil 1 nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 AMSTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 ("\\myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}" ?f nil nil 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 (detect-linguex ?x "ex:" "~\\ref@{%s@}" nil ("Example" "Ex."))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 @node Reference Info, xr (LaTeX package), Defining Label Environments, Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493 @section Reference Info
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 @findex reftex-view-crossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 @findex reftex-mouse-view-crossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 @cindex Cross-references, displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 @cindex Reference info
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498 @cindex Displaying cross-references
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 @cindex Viewing cross-references
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 @kindex C-c &
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501 @kindex S-mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 When point is idle on the argument of a @code{\ref} macro, the echo area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 will display some information about the label referenced there. Note
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 that the information is only displayed if the echo area is not occupied
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 by a different message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can also display the label definition corresponding to a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 @code{\ref} macro, or all reference locations corresponding to a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 @code{\label} macro. @xref{Viewing Cross-References}, for more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 information.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 @node xr (LaTeX package), varioref (LaTeX package), Reference Info, Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514 @section @code{xr}: Cross-Document References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 @cindex @code{xr}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{xr}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 @cindex @code{\externaldocument}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 @cindex External documents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 @cindex References to external documents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 @cindex Cross-document references
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 The LaTeX package @code{xr} makes it possible to create references to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 labels defined in external documents. The preamble of a document using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 @code{xr} will contain something like this:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 \usepackage@{xr@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 \externaldocument[V1-]@{volume1@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 \externaldocument[V3-]@{volume3@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 and we can make references to any labels defined in these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 external documents by using the prefixes @samp{V1-} and @samp{V3-},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 respectively.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be used to create such references as well. Start the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 referencing process normally, by pressing @kbd{C-c )}. Select a label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 type if necessary. When you see the label selection buffer, pressing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 @kbd{x} will switch to the label selection buffer of one of the external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 documents. You may then select a label as before and @b{Ref@TeX{}} will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 insert it along with the required prefix.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 For this kind of inter-document cross-references, saving of parsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 information and the use of multiple selection buffers can mean a large
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 speed-up (@pxref{Optimizations}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 @node varioref (LaTeX package), fancyref (LaTeX package), xr (LaTeX package), Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 @section @code{varioref}: Variable Page References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 @cindex @code{varioref}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 @cindex @code{\vref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{varioref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 @vindex reftex-vref-is-default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 @code{varioref} is a frequently used LaTeX package to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 cross--references with page information. When you want to make a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 reference with the @code{\vref} macro, just press the @kbd{v} key in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 selection buffer to toggle between @code{\ref} and @code{\vref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}). The mode line of the selection buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559 shows the current status of this switch. If you find that you almost
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 always use @code{\vref}, you may want to make it the default by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561 customizing the variable @code{reftex-vref-is-default}. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 toggling seems too inconvenient, you can also use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 @code{reftex-varioref-vref}@footnote{bind it to @kbd{C-c v}.}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564 Or use AUCTeX to create your macros (@pxref{AUCTeX}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 @node fancyref (LaTeX package), , varioref (LaTeX package), Labels and References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567 @section @code{fancyref}: Fancy Cross References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 @cindex @code{fancyref}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 @cindex @code{\fref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570 @cindex @code{\Fref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{fancyref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572 @vindex reftex-fref-is-default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 @code{fancyref} is a LaTeX package where a macro call like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 @code{\fref@{@var{fig:map-of-germany}@}} creates not only the number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 the referenced counter but also the complete text around it, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576 @samp{Figure 3 on the preceding page}. In order to make it work you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577 need to use label prefixes like @samp{fig:} consistently - something
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1578 @b{Ref@TeX{}} does automatically. When you want to make a reference
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579 with the @code{\fref} macro, just press the @kbd{V} key in the selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580 buffer to cycle between @code{\ref}, @code{\fref} and @code{\Fref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1581 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}). The mode line of the selection buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 shows the current status of this switch. If this cycling seems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1583 inconvenient, you can also use the commands @code{reftex-fancyref-fref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584 and @code{reftex-fancyref-Fref}@footnote{bind them to @kbd{C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585 f} and @kbd{C-c F}.}. Or use AUCTeX to create your macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586 (@pxref{AUCTeX}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 @node Citations, Index Support, Labels and References, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589 @chapter Citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 @cindex Citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 @cindex @code{\cite}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 Citations in LaTeX are done with the @code{\cite} macro or variations of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 it. The argument of the macro is a citation key which identifies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 article or book in either a BibTeX database file or in an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 @code{thebibliography} environment in the document. @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 support for citations helps to select the correct key quickly.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600 * Creating Citations:: How to create them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 * Citation Styles:: Natbib, Harvard, Chicago and Co.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 * Citation Info:: View the corresponding database entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 * Chapterbib and Bibunits:: Multiple bibliographies in a Document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 * Citations Outside LaTeX:: How to make citations in Emails etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 @node Creating Citations, Citation Styles, , Citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 @section Creating Citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 @cindex Creating citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610 @cindex Citations, creating
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 @findex reftex-citation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 @kindex C-c [
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 @cindex Selection buffer, citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 @cindex Selection process
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 In order to create a citation, press @kbd{C-c [}. @b{Ref@TeX{}} then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 prompts for a regular expression which will be used to search through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 the database and present the list of matches to choose from in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 selection process similar to that for selecting labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 The regular expression uses an extended syntax: @samp{&&} defines a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 logic @code{and} for regular expressions. For example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624 @samp{Einstein&&Bose} will match all articles which mention
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 Bose-Einstein condensation, or which are co-authored by Bose and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 Einstein. When entering the regular expression, you can complete on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 known citation keys.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 @cindex @code{\bibliography}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 @cindex @code{thebibliography}, LaTeX environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 @cindex @code{BIBINPUTS}, environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 @cindex @code{TEXBIB}, environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 @b{Ref@TeX{}} prefers to use BibTeX database files specified with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 @code{\bibliography} macro to collect its information. Just like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 BibTeX, it will search for the specified files in the current directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 and along the path given in the environment variable @code{BIBINPUTS}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637 If you do not use BibTeX, but the document contains an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 @code{thebibliography} environment, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will collect its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 information from there. Note that in this case the information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640 presented in the selection buffer will just be a copy of relevant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641 @code{\bibitem} entries, not the structured listing available with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 BibTeX database files.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644 @kindex ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 In the selection buffer, the following keys provide special commands. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 summary of this information is always available from the selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 process by pressing @kbd{?}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 @tablesubheading{General}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 @item ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 Show a summary of available commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 @item 0-9,-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655 Prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 @tablesubheading{Moving around}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 @item n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 Go to next article.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 @item p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 Go to previous article.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 @tablesubheading{Access to full database entries}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665 @item @key{SPC}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 Show the database entry corresponding to the article at point, in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667 another window. See also the @kbd{f} key.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669 @item f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671 always display the full database entry of the current article. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 equivalent to pressing @key{SPC} after each cursor motion. With BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 entries, follow mode can be rather slow.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675 @tablesubheading{Selecting entries and creating the citation}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 @item @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677 Insert a citation referencing the article at point into the buffer from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 which the selection process was started.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 @item mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681 @vindex reftex-highlight-selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 Clicking with mouse button 2 on a citation will accept it like @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683 would. See also variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}, @ref{Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 (Misc)}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686 @item m
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687 Mark the current entry. When one or several entries are marked,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 pressing @kbd{a} or @kbd{A} accepts all marked entries. Also,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689 @key{RET} behaves like the @kbd{a} key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 @item u
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 Unmark a marked entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 @item a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 Accept all (marked) entries in the selection buffer and create a single
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 @code{\cite} macro referring to them.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 @item A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699 Accept all (marked) entries in the selection buffer and create a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 separate @code{\cite} macro for each of it.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 @item @key{TAB}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703 Enter a citation key with completion. This may also be a key which does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704 not yet exist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706 @item .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 Show insertion point in another window. This is the point from where you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 called @code{reftex-citation}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 @tablesubheading{Exiting}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 @item q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 Exit the selection process without inserting a citation into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 @item g
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718 Start over with a new regular expression. The full database will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 rescanned with the new expression (see also @kbd{r}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 @c FIXME: Should we use something else here? r is usually rescan!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722 @item r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 Refine the current selection with another regular expression. This will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 @emph{not} rescan the entire database, but just the already selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 entries.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 @vindex reftex-select-bib-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730 In order to define additional commands for this selection process, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 keymap @code{reftex-select-bib-map} may be used.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 @node Citation Styles, Citation Info, Creating Citations, Citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 @section Citation Styles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 @cindex Citation styles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 @cindex Citation styles, @code{natbib}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 @cindex Citation styles, @code{harvard}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738 @cindex Citation styles, @code{chicago}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 @cindex @code{natbib}, citation style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 @cindex @code{harvard}, citation style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741 @cindex @code{chicago}, citation style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 @vindex reftex-cite-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 The standard LaTeX macro @code{\cite} works well with numeric or simple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 key citations. To deal with the more complex task of author-year
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 citations as used in many natural sciences, a variety of packages has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 been developed which define derived forms of the @code{\cite} macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be configured to produce these citation macros as well by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749 setting the variable @code{reftex-cite-format}. For the most commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750 used packages (@code{natbib}, @code{harvard}, @code{chicago}) this may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 be done from the menu, under @code{Ref->Citation Styles}. Since there
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 are usually several macros to create the citations, executing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 @code{reftex-citation} (@kbd{C-c [}) starts by prompting for the correct
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 macro. For the Natbib style, this looks like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 SELECT A CITATION FORMAT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 [^M] \cite@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 [t] \citet@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 [T] \citet*@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 [p] \citep@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763 [P] \citep*@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 [e] \citep[e.g.][]@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 [s] \citep[see][]@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 [a] \citeauthor@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 [A] \citeauthor*@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768 [y] \citeyear@{%l@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 Following the most generic of these packages, @code{natbib}, the builtin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772 citation packages always accept the @kbd{t} key for a @emph{textual}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 citation (like: @code{Jones et al. (1997) have shown...}) as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774 the @kbd{p} key for a parenthetical citation (like: @code{As shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 earlier (Jones et al, 1997)}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 To make one of these styles the default, customize the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 @code{reftex-cite-format} or put into @file{.emacs}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 (setq reftex-cite-format 'natbib)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 You can also use AUCTeX style files to automatically set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 citation style based on the @code{usepackage} commands in a given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 document. @xref{Style Files}, for information on how to set up the style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 files correctly.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 @node Citation Info, Chapterbib and Bibunits, Citation Styles, Citations, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 @section Citation Info
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 @cindex Displaying citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 @cindex Citations, displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 @cindex Citation info
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 @cindex Viewing citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 @kindex C-c &
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 @kindex S-mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 @findex reftex-view-crossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798 @findex reftex-mouse-view-crossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 When point is idle on the argument of a @code{\cite} macro, the echo area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 will display some information about the article cited there. Note
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 that the information is only displayed if the echo area is not occupied
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 by a different message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can also display the @code{\bibitem} or BibTeX database
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 entry corresponding to a @code{\cite} macro, or all citation locations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 corresponding to a @code{\bibitem} or BibTeX database entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 @xref{Viewing Cross-References}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 @node Chapterbib and Bibunits, Citations Outside LaTeX, Citation Info, Citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 @section Chapterbib and Bibunits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 @cindex @code{chapterbib}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 @cindex @code{bibunits}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 @cindex Bibliographies, multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 @code{chapterbib} and @code{bibunits} are two LaTeX packages which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 produce multiple bibliographies in a document. This is no problem for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 @b{Ref@TeX{}} as long as all bibliographies use the same BibTeX database
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819 files. If they do not, it is best to have each document part in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 separate file (as it is required for @code{chapterbib} anyway). Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will still scan the locally relevant databases correctly. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822 you have multiple bibliographies within a @emph{single file}, this may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823 or may not be the case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 @node Citations Outside LaTeX, , Chapterbib and Bibunits, Citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826 @section Citations outside LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827 @cindex Citations outside LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 @vindex reftex-default-bibliography
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 The command @code{reftex-citation} can also be executed outside a LaTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 buffer. This can be useful to reference articles in the mail buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 other documents. You should @emph{not} enter @code{reftex-mode} for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 this, just execute the command. The list of BibTeX files will in this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 case be taken from the variable @code{reftex-default-bibliography}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 Setting the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} to the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 @code{locally} does a decent job of putting all relevant information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 about a citation directly into the buffer. Here is the lisp code to add
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 the @kbd{C-c [} binding to the mail buffer. It also provides a local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 binding for @code{reftex-cite-format}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 @lisp
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1842 (add-hook 'mail-setup-hook
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1843 (lambda () (define-key mail-mode-map "\C-c["
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1844 (lambda () (interactive)
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1845 (require 'reftex)
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1846 (let ((reftex-cite-format 'locally))
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1847 (reftex-citation))))))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 @node Index Support, Viewing Cross-References, Citations, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 @chapter Index Support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 @cindex Index Support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 @cindex @code{\index}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 LaTeX has builtin support for creating an Index. The LaTeX core
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 supports two different indices, the standard index and a glossary. With
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 the help of special LaTeX packages (@file{multind.sty} or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 @file{index.sty}), any number of indices can be supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860 Index entries are created with the @code{\index@{@var{entry}@}} macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 All entries defined in a document are written out to the @file{.aux}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 file. A separate tool must be used to convert this information into a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863 nicely formatted index. Tools used with LaTeX include @code{MakeIndex}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 and @code{xindy}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1866 Indexing is a very difficult task. It must follow strict conventions to
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1867 make the index consistent and complete. There are basically two
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1868 approaches one can follow, and both have their merits.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1869
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1870 @enumerate
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1871 @item
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1872 Part of the indexing should already be done with the markup. The
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1873 document structure should be reflected in the index, so when starting
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1874 new sections, the basic topics of the section should be indexed. If the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1875 document contains definitions, theorems or the like, these should all
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1876 correspond to appropriate index entries. This part of the index can
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1877 very well be developed along with the document. Often it is worthwhile
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1878 to define special purpose macros which define an item and at the same
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1879 time make an index entry, possibly with special formatting to make the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1880 reference page in the index bold or underlined. To make @b{Ref@TeX{}}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1881 support for indexing possible, these special macros must be added to
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1882 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s configuration (@pxref{Defining Index Macros}).@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1883
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1884 @item
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1885 The rest of the index is often just a collection of where in the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1886 document certain words or phrases are being used. This part is
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1887 difficult to develop along with the document, because consistent entries
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1888 for each occurrence are needed and are best selected when the document
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1889 is ready. @b{Ref@TeX{}} supports this with an @emph{index phrases file}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1890 which collects phrases and helps indexing the phrases globally.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1891 @end enumerate
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1892
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1893 Before you start, you need to make sure that @b{Ref@TeX{}} knows about
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1894 the index style being used in the current document. @b{Ref@TeX{}} has
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1895 builtin support for the default @code{\index} and @code{\glossary}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1896 macros. Other LaTeX packages, like the @file{multind} or @file{index}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1897 package, redefine the @code{\index} macro to have an additional
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1898 argument, and @b{Ref@TeX{}} needs to be configured for those. A
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1899 sufficiently new version of AUCTeX (9.10c or later) will do this
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1900 automatically. If you really don't use AUCTeX (you should!), this
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1901 configuration needs to be done by hand with the menu (@code{Ref->Index
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1902 Style}), or globally for all your documents with@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1903
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1904 @lisp
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1905 (setq reftex-index-macros '(multind)) @r{or}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1906 (setq reftex-index-macros '(index))
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1907 @end lisp
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 @menu
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1910 * Creating Index Entries:: Macros and completion of entries.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1911 * The Index Phrases File:: A special file for global indexing.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1912 * Displaying and Editing the Index:: The index editor.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 * Builtin Index Macros:: The index macros RefTeX knows about.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 * Defining Index Macros:: ... and macros it doesn't.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1917 @node Creating Index Entries, The Index Phrases File, , Index Support
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 @section Creating Index Entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 @cindex Creating index entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 @cindex Index entries, creating
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 @kindex C-c <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 @findex reftex-index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 @kindex C-c /
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 @findex reftex-index-selection-or-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 In order to index the current selection or the word at the cursor press
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 @kbd{C-c /} (@code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}). This causes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 selection or word @samp{@var{word}} to be replaced with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 @samp{\index@{@var{word}@}@var{word}}. The macro which is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 (@code{\index} by default) can be configured with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 @code{reftex-index-default-macro}. When the command is called with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 prefix argument (@kbd{C-u C-c /}), you get a chance to edit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 generated index entry. Use this to change the case of the word or to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 make the entry a subentry, for example by entering
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 @samp{main!sub!@var{word}}. When called with two raw @kbd{C-u} prefixes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 (@kbd{C-u C-u C-c /}), you will be asked for the index macro as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 When there is nothing selected and no word at point, this command will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 just call @code{reftex-index}, described below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 In order to create a general index entry, press @kbd{C-c <}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 (@code{reftex-index}). @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 available index macros and for its arguments. Completion will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 available for the index entry and, if applicable, the index tag. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 index tag is a string identifying one of multiple indices. With the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 @file{multind} and @file{index} packages, this tag is the first argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 to the redefined @code{\index} macro.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1948 @node The Index Phrases File, Displaying and Editing the Index, Creating Index Entries, Index Support
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1949 @section The Index Phrases File
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1950 @cindex Index phrase file
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1951 @cindex Phrase file
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1952 @kindex C-c |
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1953 @findex reftex-index-visit-phrases-buffer
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1954 @cindex Macro definition lines, in phrase buffer
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1955
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1956 @b{Ref@TeX{}} maintains a file in which phrases can be collected for
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1957 later indexing. The file is located in the same directory as the master
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1958 file of the document and has the extension @file{.rip} (@b{R}eftex
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1959 @b{I}ndex @b{P}hrases). You can create or visit the file with @kbd{C-c
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1960 |} (@code{reftex-index-visit-phrases-buffer}). If the file is empty it
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1961 is initialized by inserting a file header which contains the definition
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1962 of the available index macros. This list is initialized from
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1963 @code{reftex-index-macros} (@pxref{Defining Index Macros}). You can
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1964 edit the header as needed, but if you define new LaTeX indexing macros,
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1965 don't forget to add them to @code{reftex-index-macros} as well. Here is
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1966 a phrase file header example:@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1967
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1968 @example
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1969 % -*- mode: reftex-index-phrases -*-
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1970 % Key Macro Format Repeat
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1971 %----------------------------------------------------------
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1972 >>>INDEX_MACRO_DEFINITION: i \index@{%s@} t
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1973 >>>INDEX_MACRO_DEFINITION: I \index*@{%s@} nil
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1974 >>>INDEX_MACRO_DEFINITION: g \glossary@{%s@} t
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1975 >>>INDEX_MACRO_DEFINITION: n \index*[name]@{%s@} nil
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1976 %----------------------------------------------------------
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1977 @end example
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1978
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1979 The macro definition lines consist of a unique letter identifying a
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1980 macro, a format string and the @var{repeat} flag, all separated by
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1981 @key{TAB}. The format string shows how the macro is to be applied, the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1982 @samp{%s} will be replaced with the index entry. The repeat flag
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1983 indicates if @var{word} is indexed by the macro as
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1984 @samp{\index@{@var{word}@}} (@var{repeat} = @code{nil}) or as
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1985 @samp{\index@{@var{word}@}@var{word}} (@var{repeat} = @code{t}). In the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1986 above example it is assumed that the macro @code{\index*@{@var{word}@}}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1987 already typesets its argument in the text, so that it is unnecessary to
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1988 repeat @var{word} outside the macro.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1989
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1990 @menu
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1991 * Collecting Phrases:: Collecting from document or external.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1992 * Consistency Checks:: Check for duplicates etc.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1993 * Global Indexing:: The interactive indexing process.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1994 @end menu
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1995
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1996 @node Collecting Phrases, Consistency Checks, , The Index Phrases File
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1997 @subsection Collecting Phrases
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1998 @cindex Collecting index phrases
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
1999 @cindex Index phrases, collection
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2000 @cindex Phrases, collecting
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2001
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2002 Phrases for indexing can be collected while writing the document. The
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2003 command @kbd{C-c \} (@code{reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word})
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2004 copies the current selection (if active) or the word near point into the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2005 phrases buffer. It then selects this buffer, so that the phrase line
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2006 can be edited. To return to the LaTeX document, press @kbd{C-c C-c}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2007 (@code{reftex-index-phrases-save-and-return}).
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2008
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2009 You can also prepare the list of index phrases in a different way and
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2010 copy it into the phrases file. For example you might want to start from
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2011 a word list of the document and remove all words which should not be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2012 indexed.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2013
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2014 The phrase lines in the phrase buffer must have a specific format.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2015 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will use font-lock to indicate if a line has the proper
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2016 format. A phrase line looks like this:
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2017
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2018 @example
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2019 [@var{key}] <TABs> @var{phrase} [<TABs> @var{arg}[&&@var{arg}]... [ || @var{arg}]...]
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2020 @end example
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2021
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2022 @code{<TABs>} stands for white space containing at least one @key{TAB}.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2023 @var{key} must be at the start of the line and is the character
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2024 identifying one of the macros defined in the file header. It is
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2025 optional - when omitted, the first macro definition line in the file
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2026 will be used for this phrase. The @var{phrase} is the phrase to be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2027 searched for when indexing. It may contain several words separated by
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2028 spaces. By default the search phrase is also the text entered as
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2029 argument of the index macro. If you want the index entry to be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2030 different from the search phrase, enter another @key{TAB} and the index
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2031 argument @var{arg}. If you want to have each match produce several
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2032 index entries, separate the different index arguments with @samp{ &&
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2033 }@footnote{@samp{&&} with optional spaces, see
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2034 @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-and-regexp}.}. If you want to be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2035 able to choose at each match between several different index arguments,
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2036 separate them with @samp{ || }@footnote{@samp{||} with optional spaces,
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2037 see @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp}.}. Here is an
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2038 example:@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2039
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2040 @example
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2041 %--------------------------------------------------------------------
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2042 I Sun
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2043 i Planet Planets
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2044 i Vega Stars!Vega
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2045 Jupiter Planets!Jupiter
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2046 i Mars Planets!Mars || Gods!Mars || Chocolate Bars!Mars
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2047 i Pluto Planets!Pluto && Kuiper Belt Objects!Pluto
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2048 @end example
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2049
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2050
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2051 So @samp{Sun} will be indexed directly as @samp{\index*@{Sun@}}, while
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2052 @samp{Planet} will be indexed as @samp{\index@{Planets@}Planet}.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2053 @samp{Vega} will be indexed as a subitem of @samp{Stars}. The
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2054 @samp{Jupiter} line will also use the @samp{i} macro as it was the first
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2055 macro definition in the file header (see above example). At each
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2056 occurrence of @samp{Mars} you will be able choose between indexing it as
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2057 a subitem of @samp{Planets}, @samp{Gods} or @samp{Chocolate Bars}.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2058 Finally, every occurrence of @samp{Pluto} will be indexed as
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2059 @samp{\index@{Planets!Pluto@}\index@{Kuiper Belt Objects!Pluto@}Pluto}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2060 and will therefore create two different index entries.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2061
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2062 @node Consistency Checks, Global Indexing, Collecting Phrases, The Index Phrases File
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2063 @subsection Consistency Checks
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2064 @cindex Index phrases, consistency checks
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2065 @cindex Phrases, consistency checks
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2066 @cindex Consistency check for index phrases
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2067
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2068 @kindex C-c C-s
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2069 Before indexing the phrases in the phrases buffer, they should be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2070 checked carefully for consistency. A first step is to sort the phrases
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2071 alphabetically - this is done with the command @kbd{C-c C-s}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2072 (@code{reftex-index-sort-phrases}). It will sort all phrases in the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2073 buffer alphabetically by search phrase. If you want to group certain
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2074 phrases and only sort within the groups, insert empty lines between the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2075 groups. Sorting will only change the sequence of phrases within each
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2076 group (see the variable @code{reftex-index-phrases-sort-in-blocks}).@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2077
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2078 @kindex C-c C-i
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2079 A useful command is @kbd{C-c C-i} (@code{reftex-index-phrases-info})
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2080 which lists information about the phrase at point, including an example
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2081 of how the index entry will look like and the number of expected matches
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2082 in the document.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2083
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2084 @kindex C-c C-t
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2085 Another important check is to find out if there are double or
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2086 overlapping entries in the buffer. For example if you are first
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2087 searching and indexing @samp{Mars} and then @samp{Planet Mars}, the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2088 second phrase will not match because of the index macro inserted before
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2089 @samp{Mars} earlier. The command @kbd{C-c C-t}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2090 (@code{reftex-index-find-next-conflict-phrase}) finds the next phrase in
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2091 the buffer which is either duplicate or a subphrase of another phrase.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2092 In order to check the whole buffer like this, start at the beginning and
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2093 execute this command repeatedly.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2094
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2095 @node Global Indexing, , Consistency Checks, The Index Phrases File
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2096 @subsection Global Indexing
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2097 @cindex Global indexing
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2098 @cindex Indexing, global
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2099 @cindex Indexing, from @file{phrases} buffer
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2100
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2101 Once the index phrases have been collected and organized, you are set
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2102 for global indexing. I recommend to do this only on an otherwise
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2103 finished document. Global indexing starts from the phrases buffer.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2104 There are several commands which start indexing: @kbd{C-c C-x} acts on
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2105 the current phrase line, @kbd{C-c C-r} on all lines in the current
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2106 region and @kbd{C-c C-a} on all phrase lines in the buffer. It is
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2107 probably good to do indexing in small chunks since your concentration
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2108 may not last long enough to do everything in one go.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2109
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2110 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will start at the first phrase line and search the phrase
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2111 globally in the whole document. At each match it will stop, compute the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2112 replacement string and offer you the following choices@footnote{Windows
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2113 users: Restrict yourself to the described keys during indexing. Pressing
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2114 @key{Help} at the indexing prompt can apparently hang Emacs.}:@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2115
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2116 @table @kbd
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2117 @item y
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2118 Replace this match with the proposed string.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2119 @item n
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2120 Skip this match.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2121 @item !
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2122 Replace this and all further matches in this file.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2123 @item q
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2124 Skip this match, start with next file.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2125 @item Q
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2126 Skip this match, start with next phrase.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2127 @item o
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2128 Select a different indexing macro for this match.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2129 @item 1-9
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2130 Select one of multiple index keys (those separated with @samp{||}).
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2131 @item e
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2132 Edit the replacement text.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2133 @item C-r
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2134 Recursive edit. Use @kbd{M-C-c} to return to the indexing process.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2135 @item s
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2136 Save this buffer and ask again about the current match.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2137 @item S
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2138 Save all document buffers and ask again about the current match.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2139 @item C-g
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2140 Abort the indexing process.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2141 @end table
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2142
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2143 The @samp{Find and Index in Document} menu in the phrases buffer also
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2144 lists a few options for the indexing process. The options have
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2145 associated customization variables to set the defaults (@pxref{Options
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2146 (Index Support)}). Here is a short explanation of what the options do:
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2147
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2148 @table @i
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2149 @item Match Whole Words
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2150 When searching for index phrases, make sure whole words are matched.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2151 This should probably always be on.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2152 @item Case Sensitive Search
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2153 Search case sensitively for phrases. I recommend to have this setting
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2154 off, in order to match the capitalized words at the beginning of a
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2155 sentence, and even typos. You can always say @emph{no} at a match you
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2156 do not like.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2157 @item Wrap Long Lines
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2158 Inserting index macros increases the line length. Turn this option on
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2159 to allow @b{Ref@TeX{}} to wrap long lines.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2160 @item Skip Indexed Matches
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2161 When this is on, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will at each match try to figure out if
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2162 this match is already indexed. A match is considered indexed if it is
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2163 either the argument of an index macro, or if an index macro is directly
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2164 (without whitespace separation) before or after the match. Index macros
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2165 are those configured in @code{reftex-index-macros}. Intended for
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2166 re-indexing a documents after changes have been made.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2167 @end table
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2168
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2169 Even though indexing should be the last thing you do to a document, you
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2170 are bound to make changes afterwards. Indexing then has to be applied
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2171 to the changed regions. The command
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2172 @code{reftex-index-phrases-apply-to-region} is designed for this
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2173 purpose. When called from a LaTeX document with active region, it will
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2174 apply @code{reftex-index-all-phrases} to the current region.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2175
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2176 @node Displaying and Editing the Index, Builtin Index Macros, The Index Phrases File, Index Support
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 @section Displaying and Editing the Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178 @cindex Displaying the Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 @cindex Editing the Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 @cindex Index entries, creating
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181 @cindex Index, displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 @cindex Index, editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 @kindex C-c >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 @findex reftex-display-index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 In order to compile and display the index, press @kbd{C-c >}. If the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 document uses multiple indices, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will ask you to select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 one. Then, all index entries will be sorted alphabetically and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 displayed in a special buffer, the @file{*Index*} buffer. From that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 buffer you can check and edit each entry.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 The index can be restricted to the current section or the region. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 only entries in that part of the document will go into the compiled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 index. To restrict to the current section, use a numeric prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 @samp{2}, thus press @kbd{C-u 2 C-c >}. To restrict to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 region, make the region active and use a numeric prefix @samp{3} (press
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 @kbd{C-u 3 C-c >}). From within the @file{*Index*} buffer the
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2198 restriction can be moved from one section to the next by pressing the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2199 @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 One caveat: @b{Ref@TeX{}} finds the definition point of an index entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 by searching near the buffer position where it had found to macro during
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 scanning. If you have several identical index entries in the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 buffer and significant changes have shifted the entries around, you must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 rescan the buffer to ensure the correspondence between the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 @file{*Index*} buffer and the definition locations. It is therefore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 advisable to rescan the document (with @kbd{r} or @kbd{C-u r})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 frequently while editing the index from the @file{*Index*}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 @kindex ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 Here is a list of special commands available in the @file{*Index*} buffer. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 summary of this information is always available by pressing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 @kbd{?}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 @table @kbd
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 @tablesubheading{General}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 @item ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 Display a summary of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 @item 0-9, -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 Prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 @tablesubheading{Moving around}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 @item ! A..Z
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 Pressing any capital letter will jump to the corresponding section in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 the @file{*Index*} buffer. The exclamation mark is special and jumps to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 the first entries alphabetically sorted below @samp{A}. These are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 usually non-alphanumeric characters.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 @item n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 Go to next entry.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 @item p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 Go to previous entry.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 @tablesubheading{Access to document locations}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 @item @key{SPC}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 Show the place in the document where this index entry is defined.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 @item @key{TAB}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 Go to the definition of the current index entry in another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 window.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 @item @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 Go to the definition of the current index entry and hide the
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2245 @file{*Index*} buffer window.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 @item f
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 @vindex reftex-index-follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 @vindex reftex-revisit-to-follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 Toggle follow mode. When follow mode is active, the other window will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 always show the location corresponding to the line in the @file{*Index*}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 buffer at point. This is similar to pressing @key{SPC} after each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 cursor motion. The default for this flag can be set with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 @code{reftex-index-follow-mode}. Note that only context in files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255 already visited is shown. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not visit a file just for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 follow mode. See, however, the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 @tablesubheading{Entry editing}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 @item e
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 Edit the current index entry. In the minibuffer, you can edit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 index macro which defines this entry.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 @item C-k
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 Kill the index entry. Currently not implemented because I don't know
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 how to implement an @code{undo} function for this.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 @item *
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 Edit the @var{key} part of the entry. This is the initial part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 entry which determines the location of the entry in the index.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 @item |
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 Edit the @var{attribute} part of the entry. This is the part after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 vertical bar. With @code{MakeIndex}, this part is an encapsulating
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 macro. With @code{xindy}, it is called @emph{attribute} and is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 property of the index entry that can lead to special formatting. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 called with @kbd{C-u} prefix, kill the entire @var{attribute}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 part.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 @item @@
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 Edit the @var{visual} part of the entry. This is the part after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 @samp{@@} which is used by @code{MakeIndex} to change the visual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 appearance of the entry in the index. When called with @kbd{C-u}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 prefix, kill the entire @var{visual} part.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 @item (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 Toggle the beginning of page range property @samp{|(} of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 entry.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 @item )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 Toggle the end of page range property @samp{|)} of the entry.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 @item _
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 Make the current entry a subentry. This command will prompt for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 superordinate entry and insert it.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 @item ^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 Remove the highest superordinate entry. If the current entry is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 subitem (@samp{aaa!bbb!ccc}), this function moves it up the hierarchy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 (@samp{bbb!ccc}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 @tablesubheading{Exiting}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 @item q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304 Hide the @file{*Index*} buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 @item k
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307 Kill the @file{*Index*} buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309 @item C-c =
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 Switch to the Table of Contents buffer of this document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 @tablesubheading{Controlling what gets displayed}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 @item c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 @vindex reftex-index-include-context
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 Toggle the display of short context in the @file{*Index*} buffer. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 default for this flag can be set with the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 @code{reftex-index-include-context}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 @item @}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 Restrict the index to a single document section. The corresponding
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2321 section number will be displayed in the @code{R<>} indicator in the
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 mode line and in the header of the @file{*Index*} buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 @item @{
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 Widen the index to contain all entries of the document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 @item <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 When the index is currently restricted, move the restriction to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 previous section.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 @item >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332 When the index is currently restricted, move the restriction to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 next section.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 @tablesubheading{Updating the buffer}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 @item g
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 Rebuild the @file{*Index*} buffer. This does @emph{not} rescan the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 document. However, it sorts the entries again, so that edited entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 will move to the correct position.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 @item r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 Reparse the LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*Index*} buffer. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 @code{reftex-enable-partial-scans} is non-nil, rescan only the file this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345 location is defined in, not the entire document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 @item C-u r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 Reparse the @emph{entire} LaTeX document and rebuild the @file{*Index*}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 @item s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 Switch to a different index (for documents with multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 indices).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 @node Builtin Index Macros, Defining Index Macros, Displaying and Editing the Index, Index Support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358 @section Builtin Index Macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 @cindex Builtin index macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 @cindex Index macros, builtin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 @vindex reftex-index-macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 @cindex @code{multind}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 @cindex @code{index}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{multind}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{index}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 @b{Ref@TeX{}} by default recognizes the @code{\index} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 @code{\glossary} macros which are defined in the LaTeX core. It has
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2369 also builtin support for the re-implementations of @code{\index}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2370 in the @file{multind} and @file{index} packages. However, since
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 the different definitions of the @code{\index} macro are incompatible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 you will have to explicitly specify the index style used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 @xref{Creating Index Entries}, for information on how to do that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 @node Defining Index Macros, , Builtin Index Macros, Index Support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 @section Defining Index Macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 @cindex Defining Index Macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 @cindex Index macros, defining
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 @vindex reftex-index-macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 When writing a document with an index you will probably define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 additional macros which make entries into the index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 Let's look at an example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 \newcommand@{\ix@}[1]@{#1\index@{#1@}@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 \newcommand@{\nindex@}[1]@{\textit@{#1@}\index[name]@{#1@}@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 \newcommand@{\astobj@}[1]@{\index@{Astronomical Objects!#1@}@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 The first macro @code{\ix} typesets its argument in the text and places
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392 it into the index. The second macro @code{\nindex} typesets its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 argument in the text and places it into a separate index with the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 @samp{name}@footnote{We are using the syntax of the @file{index} package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 here.}. The last macro also places its argument into the index, but as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 subitems under the main index entry @samp{Astronomical Objects}. Here
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 is how to make @b{Ref@TeX{}} recognize and correctly interpret these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 macros, first with Emacs Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401 (setq reftex-index-macros
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2402 '(("\\ix@{*@}" "idx" ?x "" nil nil)
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2403 ("\\nindex@{*@}" "name" ?n "" nil nil)
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2404 ("\\astobj@{*@}" "idx" ?o "Astronomical Objects!" nil t)))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 Note that the index tag is @samp{idx} for the main index, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 @samp{name} for the name index. @samp{idx} and @samp{glo} are reserved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 for the default index and for the glossary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 The character arguments @code{?x}, @code{?n}, and @code{?o} are for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 quick identification of these macros when @b{Ref@TeX{}} inserts new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 index entries with @code{reftex-index}. These codes need to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 unique. @code{?i}, @code{?I}, and @code{?g} are reserved for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415 @code{\index}, @code{\index*}, and @code{\glossary} macros,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 The following string is empty unless your macro adds a superordinate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 entry to the index key - this is the case for the @code{\astobj} macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2421 The next entry can be a hook function to exclude certain matches, it
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2422 almost always can be @code{nil}.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2423
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2424 The final element in the list indicates if the text being indexed needs
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2425 to be repeated outside the macro. For the normal index macros, this
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2426 should be @code{t}. Only if the macro typesets the entry in the text
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2427 (like @code{\ix} and @code{\nindex} in the example do), this should be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2428 @code{nil}.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2429
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 To do the same thing with customize, you need to fill in the templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 Repeat:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 [INS] [DEL] List:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436 Macro with args: \ix@{*@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 Index Tag : [Value Menu] String: idx
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 Access Key : x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 Key Prefix :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440 Exclusion hook : nil
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2441 Repeat Outside : [Toggle] off (nil)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 [INS] [DEL] List:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 Macro with args: \nindex@{*@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 Index Tag : [Value Menu] String: name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 Access Key : n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 Key Prefix :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 Exclusion hook : nil
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2448 Repeat Outside : [Toggle] off (nil)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 [INS] [DEL] List:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 Macro with args: \astobj@{*@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 Index Tag : [Value Menu] String: idx
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 Access Key : o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 Key Prefix : Astronomical Objects!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 Exclusion hook : nil
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2455 Repeat Outside : [Toggle] on (non-nil)
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 [INS]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 With the macro @code{\ix} defined, you may want to change the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460 macro used for indexing a text phrase (@pxref{Creating Index Entries}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 This would be done like this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 @lisp
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2464 (setq reftex-index-default-macro '(?x "idx"))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 which specifies that the macro identified with the character @code{?x} (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 @code{\ix} macro) should be used for indexing phrases and words already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 in the buffer with @kbd{C-c /} (@code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}).
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2470 The index tag is "idx".@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 @node Viewing Cross-References, RefTeXs Menu, Index Support, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 @chapter Viewing Cross--References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 @findex reftex-view-crossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 @findex reftex-mouse-view-crossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 @kindex C-c &
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 @kindex S-mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can display cross--referencing information. This means,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 if two document locations are linked, @b{Ref@TeX{}} can display the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 matching location(s) in another window. The @code{\label} and @code{\ref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 macros are one way of establishing such a link. Also, a @code{\cite}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 macro is linked to the corresponding @code{\bibitem} macro or a BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 database entry.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 The feature is invoked by pressing @kbd{C-c &}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 (@code{reftex-view-crossref}) while point is on the @var{key} argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 of a macro involved in cross--referencing. You can also click with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 @kbd{S-mouse-2} on the macro argument. Here is what will happen for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490 individual classes of macros:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 @item @code{\ref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 @cindex @code{\ref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 Display the corresponding label definition. All usual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 variants@footnote{all macros that start with @samp{ref} or end with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 @samp{ref} or @samp{refrange}} of the @code{\ref} macro are active for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 cross--reference display. This works also for labels defined in an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500 external document when the current document refers to them through the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 @code{xr} interface (@pxref{xr (LaTeX package)}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 @item @code{\label}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 @cindex @code{\label}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 @vindex reftex-label-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 Display a document location which references this label. Pressing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 @kbd{C-c &} several times moves through the entire document and finds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 all locations. Not only the @code{\label} macro but also other macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 with label arguments (as configured with @code{reftex-label-alist}) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510 active for cross--reference display.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 @item @code{\cite}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 @cindex @code{\cite}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 Display the corresponding BibTeX database entry or @code{\bibitem}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 All usual variants@footnote{all macros that either start or end with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 @samp{cite}} of the @code{\cite} macro are active for cross--reference
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 display.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 @item @code{\bibitem}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 @cindex @code{\bibitem}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 Display a document location which cites this article. Pressing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 @kbd{C-c &} several times moves through the entire document and finds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 all locations.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 @item BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 @cindex BibTeX buffer, viewing cite locations from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 @cindex Viewing cite locations from BibTeX buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 @kbd{C-c &} is also active in BibTeX buffers. All locations in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 document where the database entry at point is cited will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530 On first use, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will prompt for a buffer which belongs to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 the document you want to search. Subsequent calls will use the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 document, until you break this link with a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 &}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 @item @code{\index}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 @cindex @code{\index}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 Display other locations in the document which are marked by an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 macro with the same key argument. Along with the standard @code{\index}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 and @code{\glossary} macros, all macros configured in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 @code{reftex-index-macros} will be recognized.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543 @vindex reftex-view-crossref-macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 While the display of cross referencing information for the above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 mentioned macros is hard--coded, you can configure additional relations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 in the variable @code{reftex-view-crossref-macros}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 @iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 @chapter All the Rest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 @end iftex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 @node RefTeXs Menu, Keybindings, Viewing Cross-References, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 @section @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s Menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 @cindex RefTeXs Menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 @cindex Menu, in the menu bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 @b{Ref@TeX{}} installs a @code{Ref} menu in the menu bar on systems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 which support this. From this menu you can access all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s commands and a few of its options. There is also a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 @code{Customize} submenu which can be used to access @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 entire set of options.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 @node Keybindings, Faces, RefTeXs Menu, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 @section Default Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 @cindex Keybindings, summary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 Here is a summary of the available keybindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 @kindex C-c =
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 @kindex C-c (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 @kindex C-c )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 @kindex C-c [
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 @kindex C-c &
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 @kindex S-mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 @kindex C-c /
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2576 @kindex C-c \
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2577 @kindex C-c |
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578 @kindex C-c <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 @kindex C-c >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 @kbd{C-c =} @code{reftex-toc}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582 @kbd{C-c (} @code{reftex-label}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 @kbd{C-c )} @code{reftex-reference}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 @kbd{C-c [} @code{reftex-citation}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585 @kbd{C-c &} @code{reftex-view-crossref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 @kbd{S-mouse-2} @code{reftex-mouse-view-crossref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 @kbd{C-c /} @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2588 @kbd{C-c \} @code{reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
2589 @kbd{C-c |} @code{reftex-index-visit-phrases-buffer}
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 @kbd{C-c <} @code{reftex-index}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 @kbd{C-c >} @code{reftex-display-index}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 Note that the @kbd{S-mouse-2} binding is only provided if this key is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 not already used by some other package. @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not override an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 existing binding to @kbd{S-mouse-2}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 Personally, I also bind some functions in the users @kbd{C-c} map for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2599 easier access.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601 @c FIXME: Do we need bindings for the Index macros here as well?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602 @c C-c i C-c I or so????
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603 @c How about keybindings for reftex-reset-mode and reftex-parse-document?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 @kindex C-c t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 @kindex C-c l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 @kindex C-c r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 @kindex C-c c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 @kindex C-c v
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609 @kindex C-c s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 @kindex C-c g
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 @kbd{C-c t} @code{reftex-toc}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 @kbd{C-c l} @code{reftex-label}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 @kbd{C-c r} @code{reftex-reference}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 @kbd{C-c c} @code{reftex-citation}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 @kbd{C-c v} @code{reftex-view-crossref}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 @kbd{C-c s} @code{reftex-search-document}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618 @kbd{C-c g} @code{reftex-grep-document}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621 @noindent These keys are reserved for the user, so I cannot bind them by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622 default. If you want to have these keybindings available, set in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623 @file{.emacs} file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 @vindex reftex-extra-bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 (setq reftex-extra-bindings t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 @vindex reftex-load-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 Changing and adding to @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s keybindings is best done in the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 @code{reftex-load-hook}. For information on the keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 which should be used to add keys, see @ref{Keymaps and Hooks}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 @node Faces, AUCTeX, Keybindings, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 @section Faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 @cindex Faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 @b{Ref@TeX{}} uses faces when available to structure the selection and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 table of contents buffers. It does not create its own faces, but uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 the ones defined in @file{font-lock.el}. Therefore, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 use faces only when @code{font-lock} is loaded. This seems to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643 reasonable because people who like faces will very likely have it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 loaded. If you wish to turn off fontification or change the involved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 faces, see @ref{Options (Fontification)}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 @node Multifile Documents, Language Support, AUCTeX, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648 @section Multifile Documents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 @cindex Multifile documents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 @cindex Documents, spread over files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 The following is relevant when working with documents spread over many
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 files:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657 @b{Ref@TeX{}} has full support for multifile documents. You can edit parts of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 several (multifile) documents at the same time without conflicts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides functions to run @code{grep}, @code{search} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 @code{query-replace} on all files which are part of a multifile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 @vindex tex-main-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 @vindex TeX-master
29772
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2666 All files belonging to a multifile document should define a File
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2667 Variable (@code{TeX-master} for AUCTeX or @code{tex-main-file} for the
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2668 standard Emacs LaTeX mode) containing the name of the master file. For
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2669 example, to set the file variable @code{TeX-master}, include something
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2670 like the following at the end of each TeX file:@refill
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2671
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2672 @example
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2673 %%% Local Variables: ***
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2674 %%% mode:latex ***
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2675 %%% TeX-master: "thesis.tex" ***
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2676 %%% End: ***
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2677 @end example
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2678
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2679 AUCTeX with the setting
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2680
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2681 @lisp
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2682 (setq-default TeX-master nil)
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2683 @end lisp
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2684
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2685 will actually ask you for each new file about the master file and insert
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2686 this comment automatically. For more details see the documentation of
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2687 the AUCTeX (@pxref{Multifile,,,auctex, The AUC TeX User Manual}), the
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2688 documentation about the Emacs (La)TeX mode (@pxref{TeX Print,,,emacs,
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2689 The GNU Emacs Manual}) and the Emacs documentation on File Variables
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2690 (@pxref{File Variables,,,emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 The context of a label definition must be found in the same file as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 label itself in order to be processed correctly by @b{Ref@TeX{}}. The only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 exception is that section labels referring to a section statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 outside the current file can still use that section title as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 context.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 @node Language Support, Finding Files, Multifile Documents, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 @section Language Support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 @cindex Language support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 Some parts of @b{Ref@TeX{}} are language dependent. The default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 settings work well for English. If you are writing in a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 language, the following hints may be useful:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 @vindex reftex-derive-label-parameters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 @vindex reftex-abbrev-parameters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 The mechanism to derive a label from context includes the abbreviation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713 of words and omission of unimportant words. These mechanisms may have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 to be changed for other languages. See the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters} and @code{reftex-abbrev-parameters}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 @vindex reftex-translate-to-ascii-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 @vindex reftex-label-illegal-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720 Also, when a label is derived from context, @b{Ref@TeX{}} clears the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721 context string from non-ASCII characters in order to make a legal label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722 If there should ever be a version of @TeX{} which allows extended
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 characters @emph{in labels}, then we will have to look at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 variables @code{reftex-translate-to-ascii-function} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725 @code{reftex-label-illegal-re}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 When a label is referenced, @b{Ref@TeX{}} looks at the word before point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 to guess which label type is required. These @emph{magic words} are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 different in every language. For an example of how to add magic words,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 see @ref{Adding Magic Words}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 @vindex reftex-multiref-punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 @vindex reftex-cite-punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 @b{Ref@TeX{}} inserts ``punctuation'' for multiple references and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 for the author list in citations. Some of this may be language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 dependent. See the variables @code{reftex-multiref-punctuation} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 @code{reftex-cite-punctuation}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 @node Finding Files, Optimizations, Language Support, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 @section Finding Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 @cindex Finding files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 In order to find files included in a document via @code{\input} or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 @code{\include}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} searches all directories specified in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 environment variable @code{TEXINPUTS}. Similarly, it will search the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 path specified in the variables @code{BIBINPUTS} and @code{TEXBIB} for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 When searching, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will also expand recursive path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 definitions (directories ending in @samp{//} or @samp{!!}). But it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 only search and expand directories @emph{explicitly} given in these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755 variables. This may cause problems under the following circumstances:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 Most TeX system have a default search path for both TeX files and BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 files which is defined in some setup file. Usually this default path is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761 for system files which @b{Ref@TeX{}} does not need to see. But if your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 document needs TeX files or BibTeX database files in a directory only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 given in the default search path, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will fail to find them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 Some TeX systems do not use environment variables at all in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 specify the search path. Both default and user search path are then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 defined in setup files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 There are three ways to solve this problem:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 Specify all relevant directories explicitly in the environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776 variables. If for some reason you don't want to mess with the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 variables @code{TEXINPUTS} and @code{BIBINPUTS}, define your own
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 variables and configure @b{Ref@TeX{}} to use them instead:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781 (setq reftex-texpath-environment-variables '("MYTEXINPUTS"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 (setq reftex-bibpath-environment-variables '("MYBIBINPUTS"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 Specify the full search path directly in @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 (setq reftex-texpath-environment-variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 '("./inp:/home/cd/tex//:/usr/local/tex//"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 (setq reftex-bibpath-environment-variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 '("/home/cd/tex/lit/"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 Some TeX systems provide stand--alone programs to do the file search just
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 like TeX and BibTeX. E.g. Thomas Esser's @code{teTeX} uses the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 @code{kpathsearch} library which provides the command @code{kpsewhich}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 to search for files. @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be configured to use this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800 program. Note that the exact syntax of the @code{kpsewhich}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 command depends upon the version of that program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 (setq reftex-use-external-file-finders t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 (setq reftex-external-file-finders
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 '(("tex" "kpsewhich -format=.tex %f")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 ("bib" "kpsewhich -format=.bib %f")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 @node Optimizations, Problems and Work-Arounds, Finding Files, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 @section Optimizations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 @cindex Optimizations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 Implementing the principle of least surprises, the default settings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 @b{Ref@TeX{}} ensure a safe ride for beginners and casual users. However,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 when using @b{Ref@TeX{}} for a large project and/or on a small computer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 there are ways to improve speed or memory usage.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 @b{Removing Lookup Buffers}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823 @cindex Removing lookup buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will load other parts of a multifile document as well as BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 database files for lookup purposes. These buffers are kept, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 subsequent use of the same files is fast. If you can't afford keeping
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 these buffers around, and if you can live with a speed penalty, try
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 @vindex reftex-keep-temporary-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831 (setq reftex-keep-temporary-buffers nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 @b{Partial Document Scans}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 @cindex Partial documents scans
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 @cindex Document scanning, partial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 A @kbd{C-u} prefix on the major @b{Ref@TeX{}} commands @code{reftex-label}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 (@kbd{C-u C-c (}), @code{reftex-reference} (@kbd{C-u C-c )}),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 @code{reftex-citation} (@kbd{C-u C-c [}), @code{reftex-toc} (@kbd{C-u C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 =}), and @code{reftex-view-crossref} (@kbd{C-u C-c &}) initiates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 re-parsing of the entire document in order to update the parsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843 information. For a large document this can be unnecessary, in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 particular if only one file has changed. @b{Ref@TeX{}} can be configured
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 to do partial scans instead of full ones. @kbd{C-u} re-parsing then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 does apply only to the current buffer and files included from it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 Likewise, the @kbd{r} key in both the label selection buffer and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 table-of-contents buffer will only prompt scanning of the file in which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 the label or section macro near the cursor was defined. Re-parsing of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 the entire document is still available by using @kbd{C-u C-u} as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 prefix, or the capital @kbd{R} key in the menus. To use this feature,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 try@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860 @b{Saving Parser Information}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 @cindex Saving parser information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 @cindex Parse information, saving to a file
27195
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
2863 @vindex reftex-parse-file-extension
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 Even with partial scans enabled, @b{Ref@TeX{}} still has to make one full
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 scan, when you start working with a document. To avoid this, parsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 information can be stored in a file. The file @file{MASTER.rel} is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 for storing information about a document with master file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 @file{MASTER.tex}. It is written automatically when you kill a buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 in @code{reftex-mode} or when you exit Emacs. The information is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 restored when you begin working with a document in a new editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 session. To use this feature, put into @file{.emacs}:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 @vindex reftex-save-parse-info
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 @b{Automatic Document Scans}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 @cindex Automatic document scans
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 @cindex Document scanning, automatic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 At rare occasions, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will automatically rescan a part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 document. If this gets into your way, it can be turned off with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 @vindex reftex-allow-automatic-rescan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 (setq reftex-allow-automatic-rescan nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will then occasionally annotate new labels in the selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 buffer, saying that their position in the label list in uncertain. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 manual document scan will fix this.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 @b{Multiple Selection Buffers}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896 @cindex Multiple selection buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 @cindex Selection buffers, multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898 Normally, the selection buffer @file{*RefTeX Select*} is re-created for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 every selection process. In documents with very many labels this can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 take several seconds. @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides an option to create a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 separate selection buffer for each label type and to keep this buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902 from one selection to the next. These buffers are updated automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 only when a new label has been added in the buffers category with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904 @code{reftex-label}. Updating the buffer takes as long as recreating it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905 - so the time saving is limited to cases where no new labels of that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 category have been added. To turn on this feature, use@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 @vindex reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 @cindex Selection buffers, updating
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 You can also inhibit the automatic updating entirely. Then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916 selection buffer will always pop up very fast, but may not contain the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917 most recently defined labels. You can always update the buffer by hand,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 with the @kbd{g} key. To get this behavior, use instead@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920 @vindex reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923 reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927 @need 2000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2928 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929 @b{As a summary}, here are the settings I recommend for heavy use of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930 @b{Ref@TeX{}} with large documents:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2934 (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2935 reftex-save-parse-info t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2936 reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2937 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2938 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2940 @page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2941 @node AUCTeX, Multifile Documents, Faces, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2942 @section @w{AUC @TeX{}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2943 @cindex @code{AUCTeX}, Emacs package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2944 @cindex Emacs packages, @code{AUCTeX}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2946 AUCTeX is without doubt the best major mode for editing TeX and LaTeX
29772
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2947 files with Emacs (@pxref{Top,AUCTeX,,auctex, The AUCTeX User Manual}).
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2948 If AUCTeX is not part of you Emacs distribution, you can get
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2949 it@footnote{XEmacs 21.x users may want to install the corresponding
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
2950 XEmacs package.} by ftp from the
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2951 @uref{http://www.sunsite.auc.dk/auctex/,AUCTeX distribution site}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2953 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2954 * AUCTeX-RefTeX Interface:: How both packages work together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2955 * Style Files:: AUCTeX's style files can support RefTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2956 * Bib-Cite:: Hypertext reading of a document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2957 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2959 @node AUCTeX-RefTeX Interface, Style Files, , AUCTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2960 @subsection The AUC@TeX{}-@b{Ref@TeX{}} Interface
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962 @b{Ref@TeX{}} contains code to interface with AUCTeX. When this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963 interface is turned on, both packages will interact closely. Instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964 using @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s commands directly, you can then also use them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2965 indirectly as part of the AUCTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2966 environment@footnote{@b{Ref@TeX{}} 4.0 and AUCTeX 9.10c will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2967 needed for all of this to work. Parts of it work also with earlier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2968 versions.}. The interface is turned on with@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971 (setq reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2972 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2974 If you need finer control about which parts of the interface are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975 and which not, read the docstring of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2976 @code{reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX} or customize it with @kbd{M-x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2977 customize-variable @key{RET} reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX @key{RET}}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2979 The following list describes the individual parts of the interface.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2981 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2982 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2983 @findex reftex-label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984 @vindex LaTeX-label-function, @r{AUCTeX}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 @kindex C-c C-e
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986 @kindex C-c C-s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987 @findex LaTeX-section, @r{AUCTeX}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988 @findex TeX-insert-macro, @r{AUCTeX}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2989 @b{AUCTeX calls @code{reftex-label} to insert labels}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2990 When a new section is created with @kbd{C-c C-s}, or a new environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2991 is inserted with @kbd{C-c C-e}, AUCTeX normally prompts for a label to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2992 go with it. With the interface, @code{reftex-label} is called instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2993 For example, if you type @kbd{C-c C-e equation @key{RET}}, AUCTeX and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2994 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2996 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2997 \begin@{equation@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2998 \label@{eq:1@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3000 \end@{equation@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3001 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3003 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3004 without further prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3006 Similarly, when you type @kbd{C-c C-s section @key{RET}}, @b{Ref@TeX{}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3007 will offer its default label which is derived from the section title.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010 @b{AUCTeX tells @b{Ref@TeX{}} about new sections}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011 When creating a new section with @kbd{C-c C-s}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3012 have to rescan the buffer in order to see it.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3014 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3015 @findex reftex-arg-label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3016 @findex TeX-arg-label, @r{AUCTeX function}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3017 @findex reftex-arg-ref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3018 @findex TeX-arg-ref, @r{AUCTeX function}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3019 @findex reftex-arg-cite
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3020 @findex TeX-arg-cite, @r{AUCTeX function}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3021 @findex reftex-arg-index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3022 @findex TeX-arg-index, @r{AUCTeX function}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3023 @findex TeX-insert-macro, @r{AUCTeX function}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3024 @kindex C-c @key{RET}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3025 @b{@b{Ref@TeX{}} supplies macro arguments}@* When you insert a macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3026 interactively with @kbd{C-c @key{RET}}, AUCTeX normally prompts for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3027 macro arguments. Internally, it uses the functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3028 @code{TeX-arg-label}, @code{TeX-arg-cite}, and @code{TeX-arg-index} to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3029 prompt for arguments which are labels, citation keys and index entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3030 The interface takes over these functions@footnote{@code{fset} is used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3031 do this, which is not reversible. However, @b{Ref@TeX{}} implements the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3032 old functionality when you later decide to turn off the interface.} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3033 supplies the macro arguments with @b{Ref@TeX{}'s} mechanisms. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3034 example, when you type @kbd{C-c @key{RET} ref @key{RET}}, @b{Ref@TeX{}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3035 will supply its label selection process (@pxref{Referencing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3036 Labels}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3038 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3039 @b{@b{Ref@TeX{}} tells AUCTeX about new labels, citation-- and index keys}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3040 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will add all newly created labels to AUCTeX's completion list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3041 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3043 @node Style Files, Bib-Cite, AUCTeX-RefTeX Interface, AUCTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044 @subsection Style Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3045 @cindex Style files, AUCTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3046 @findex TeX-add-style-hook, @r{AUCTeX}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3047 Style files are Emacs Lisp files which are evaluated by AUCTeX in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3048 association with the @code{\documentclass} and @code{\usepackage}
29772
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
3049 commands of a document (@pxref{Style Files,,,auctex}). Support for
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
3050 @b{Ref@TeX{}} in such a style file is useful when the LaTeX style
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
3051 defines macros or environments connected with labels, citations, or the
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
3052 index. Many style files (e.g. @file{amsmath.el} or @file{natbib.el})
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
3053 distributed with AUCTeX already support @b{Ref@TeX{}} in this
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
3054 way.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3056 Before calling a @b{Ref@TeX{}} function, the style hook should always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3057 test for the availability of the function, so that the style file will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3058 also work for people who do not use @b{Ref@TeX{}}. @refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3060 Additions made with style files in the way described below remain local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3061 to the current document. For example, if one package uses AMSTeX, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3062 style file will make @b{Ref@TeX{}} switch over to @code{\eqref}, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063 this will not affect other documents.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3065 @findex reftex-add-label-environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066 @findex reftex-add-to-label-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067 A style hook may contain calls to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068 @code{reftex-add-label-environments}@footnote{This used to be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069 function @code{reftex-add-to-label-alist} which is still available as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070 alias for compatibility.} which defines additions to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3071 @code{reftex-label-alist}. The argument taken by this function must have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3072 the same format as @code{reftex-label-alist}. The @file{amsmath.el}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3073 style file of AUCTeX for example contains the following:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3075 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3077 (TeX-add-style-hook "amsmath"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079 (if (fboundp 'reftex-add-label-environments)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080 (reftex-add-label-environments '(AMSTeX)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085 @findex LaTeX-add-environments, @r{AUCTeX}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086 while a package @code{myprop} defining a @code{proposition} environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 with @code{\newtheorem} might use@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091 (TeX-add-style-hook "myprop"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093 (LaTeX-add-environments '("proposition" LaTeX-env-label))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094 (if (fboundp 'reftex-add-label-environments)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3095 (reftex-add-label-environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 '(("proposition" ?p "prop:" "~\\ref@{%s@}" t
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3097 ("Proposition" "Prop.") -3))))))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101 @findex reftex-set-cite-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102 Similarly, a style hook may contain a call to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3103 @code{reftex-set-cite-format} to set the citation format. The style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104 file @file{natbib.el} for the Natbib citation style does switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s citation format like this:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3108 (TeX-add-style-hook "natbib"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3109 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3110 (if (fboundp 'reftex-set-cite-format)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111 (reftex-set-cite-format 'natbib))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114 @findex reftex-add-index-macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3115 The hook may contain a call to @code{reftex-add-index-macros} to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 define additional @code{\index}-like macros. The argument must have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117 the same format as @code{reftex-index-macros}. It may be a symbol, to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118 trigger support for one of the builtin index packages. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119 the style @file{multind.el} contains
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3121 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3122 (TeX-add-style-hook "multind"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124 (and (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 (reftex-add-index-macros '(multind)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128 If you have your own package @file{myindex} which defines the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129 following macros to be used with the LaTeX @file{index.sty} file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131 \newcommand@{\molec@}[1]@{#1\index@{Molecules!#1@}@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 \newcommand@{\aindex@}[1]@{#1\index[author]@{#1@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 you could write this in the style file @file{myindex.el}:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 (TeX-add-style-hook "myindex"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 (TeX-add-symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 '("molec" TeX-arg-index)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 '("aindex" TeX-arg-index))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 (if (fboundp 'reftex-add-index-macros)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 (reftex-add-index-macros
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3145 '(("molec@{*@}" "idx" ?m "Molecules!" nil nil)
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3146 ("aindex@{*@}" "author" ?a "" nil nil))))))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149 @findex reftex-add-section-levels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150 Finally the hook may contain a call to @code{reftex-add-section-levels}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151 to define additional section statements. For example, the FoilTeX class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 has just two headers, @code{\foilhead} and @code{\rotatefoilhead}. Here
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153 is a style file @file{foils.el} that will inform @b{Ref@TeX{}} about these:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156 (TeX-add-style-hook "foils"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158 (if (fboundp 'reftex-add-section-levels)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159 (reftex-add-section-levels '(("foilhead" . 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 ("rotatefoilhead" . 3))))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163 @node Bib-Cite, , Style Files, AUCTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 @subsection Bib-Cite
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 @cindex @code{bib-cite}, Emacs package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166 @cindex Emacs packages, @code{bib-cite}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 Once you have written a document with labels, references and citations,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 it can be nice to read it like a hypertext document. @b{Ref@TeX{}} has
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3170 support for that: @code{reftex-view-crossref} (bound to @kbd{C-c
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171 &}), @code{reftex-mouse-view-crossref} (bound to @kbd{S-mouse-2}), and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 @code{reftex-search-document}. A somewhat fancier interface with mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173 highlighting is provided (among other things) by Peter S. Galbraith's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174 @file{bib-cite.el}. There is some overlap in the functionalities of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 Bib-cite and @b{Ref@TeX{}}. Bib-cite.el comes bundled with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 AUCTeX.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178 Bib-cite version 3.06 and later can be configured so that bib-cite's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 mouse functions use @b{Ref@TeX{}} for displaying references and citations.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 This can be useful in particular when working with the LaTeX @code{xr}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181 package or with an explicit @code{thebibliography} environment (rather
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 than BibTeX). Bib-cite cannot handle those, but @b{Ref@TeX{}} does. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183 make use of this feature, try@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185 @vindex bib-cite-use-reftex-view-crossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187 (setq bib-cite-use-reftex-view-crossref t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 @page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191 @node Problems and Work-Arounds, Imprint, Optimizations, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192 @section Problems and Work-arounds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193 @cindex Problems and work-arounds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197 @b{LaTeX commands}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198 @cindex LaTeX commands, not found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199 @code{\input}, @code{\include}, @code{\bibliography} and @code{\section}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 (etc.) statements have to be first on a line (except for white space).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 @b{Commented regions}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 @cindex Labels, commented out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 @b{Ref@TeX{}} sees also labels in regions commented out and will refuse to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206 make duplicates of such labels. This is considered to be a feature.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 @b{Wrong section numbers}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210 @cindex Section numbers, wrong
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 @vindex reftex-enable-partial-scans
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212 When using partial scans (@code{reftex-enable-partial-scans}), the section
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 numbers in the table of contents may eventually become wrong. A full
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214 scan will fix this.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217 @b{Local settings}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 @cindex Settings, local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219 @findex reftex-add-label-environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220 @findex reftex-set-cite-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221 @findex reftex-add-section-levels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222 The label environment definitions in @code{reftex-label-alist} are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223 global and apply to all documents. If you need to make definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224 local to a document, because they would interfere with settings in other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225 documents, you should use AUCTeX and set up style files with calls to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226 @code{reftex-add-label-environments}, @code{reftex-set-cite-format},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227 @code{reftex-add-index-macros}, and @code{reftex-add-section-levels}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 Settings made with these functions remain local to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229 document. @xref{AUCTeX}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232 @b{Funny display in selection buffer}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233 @cindex @code{x-symbol}, Emacs package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 @cindex Emacs packages, @code{x-symbol}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235 @cindex @code{isotex}, Emacs package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236 @cindex Emacs packages, @code{isotex}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 @cindex @code{iso-cvt}, Emacs package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238 @cindex Emacs packages, @code{iso-cvt}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239 When using packages which make the buffer representation of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 different from its disk representation (e.g. x-symbol, isotex,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241 iso-cvt) you may find that @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s parsing information sometimes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 reflects the disk state of a file. This happens only in @emph{unvisited}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243 parts of a multifile document, because @b{Ref@TeX{}} visits these files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 literally for speed reasons. Then both short context and section
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245 headings may look different from what you usually see on your screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 In rare cases @code{reftex-toc} may have problems to jump to an affected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247 section heading. There are three possible ways to deal with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248 this:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251 @vindex reftex-keep-temporary-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 @code{(setq reftex-keep-temporary-buffers t)}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 This implies that @b{Ref@TeX{}} will load all parts of a multifile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 document into Emacs (i.e. there won't be any temporary buffers).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 @vindex reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257 @code{(setq reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers t)}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 This means full initialization of temporary buffers. It involves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 a penalty when the same unvisited file is used for lookup often.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 Set @code{reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers} to a list of hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 functions doing a minimal initialization.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264 @vindex reftex-refontify-context
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 See also the variable @code{reftex-refontify-context}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 @b{Labels as arguments to \begin}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 @cindex @code{pf}, LaTeX package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270 @cindex LaTeX packages, @code{pf}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271 Some packages use an additional argument to a @code{\begin} macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 to specify a label. E.g. Lamport's @file{pf.sty} uses both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274 \step@{@var{label}@}@{@var{claim}@} and \begin@{step+@}@{@var{label}@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275 @var{claim}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276 \end@{step+@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 We need to trick @b{Ref@TeX{}} into swallowing this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284 ;; Configuration for Lamport's pf.sty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285 (setq reftex-label-alist
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3286 '(("\\step@{*@}@{@}" ?p "st:" "~\\stepref@{%s@}" 2 ("Step" "St."))
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3287 ("\\begin@{step+@}@{*@}" ?p "st:" "~\\stepref@{%s@}" 1000)))
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3288 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 The first line is just a normal configuration for a macro. For the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 @code{step+} environment we actually tell @b{Ref@TeX{}} to look for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294 @emph{macro} @samp{\begin@{step+@}} and interpret the @emph{first}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 argument (which really is a second argument to the macro @code{\begin})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296 as a label of type @code{?p}. Argument count for this macro starts only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297 after the @samp{@{step+@}}, also when specifying how to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 context.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 @b{Idle timers in XEmacs}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302 @cindex Idle timer restart
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303 @vindex reftex-use-itimer-in-xemacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304 In XEmacs, idle timer restart does not work reliably after fast
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 keystrokes. Therefore @b{Ref@TeX{}} currently uses the post command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 hook to start the timer used for automatic crossref information. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 this bug gets fixed, a real idle timer can be requested with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 (setq reftex-use-itimer-in-xemacs t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313 @b{Viper mode}@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314 @cindex Viper mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315 @cindex Keybindings, problems with Viper mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 @findex viper-harness-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317 With @i{Viper} mode prior to Vipers version 3.01, you need to protect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s keymaps with@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 @lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 (viper-harness-minor-mode "reftex")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 @page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 @node Imprint, Commands, Problems and Work-Arounds, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328 @section Imprint
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329 @cindex Imprint
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 @cindex Maintainer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 @cindex Acknowledgments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332 @cindex Thanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 @cindex Bug reports
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 @cindex @code{http}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} home page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335 @cindex @code{ftp}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} site
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337 @b{Ref@TeX{}} was written by @i{@value{AUTHOR}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338 @email{@value{AUTHOR-EMAIL}}, with contributions by @i{Stephen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339 Eglen}. @b{Ref@TeX{}} is currently maintained by @refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342 @value{MAINTAINER} @email{@value{MAINTAINER-EMAIL}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344 If you have questions about @b{Ref@TeX{}}, there are several Usenet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345 groups which have competent readers: @code{comp.emacs},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346 @code{gnu.emacs.help}, @code{comp.emacs.xemacs}, @code{comp.text.tex}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 You can also write directly to the maintainer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349 If you find a bug in @b{Ref@TeX{}} or its documentation, or if you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 to contribute code or ideas, please
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351 @uref{mailto:@value{MAINTAINER-EMAIL},contact the maintainer}. Remember
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352 to provide all necessary information such as version numbers of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 and @b{Ref@TeX{}}, and the relevant part of your configuration in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 @file{.emacs}. When reporting a bug which throws an exception, please
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355 include a backtrace if you know how to produce one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357 @b{Ref@TeX{}} is bundled and pre-installed with Emacs since version 20.2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 It was also bundled and pre-installed with XEmacs 19.16--20.x. XEmacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359 21.x users want to install the corresponding plugin package which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 available from the XEmacs @code{ftp} site. See the XEmacs 21.x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361 documentation on package installation for details.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363 Users of earlier Emacs distributions (including Emacs 19) can get a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 @b{Ref@TeX{}} distribution from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365 @uref{http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/,maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366 webpage}. Note that the Emacs 19 version supports many but not all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367 features described in this manual.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369 Thanks to the people on the Net who have used @b{Ref@TeX{}} and helped
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3370 developing it with their reports. In particular thanks to @i{Fran
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3371 Burstall, Alastair Burt, Soren Dayton, Stephen Eglen, Karl Eichwalder,
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3372 Peter Galbraith, Kai Grossjohann, Frank Harrell, Dieter Kraft, Adrian
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3373 Lanz, Rory Molinari, Stefan Monnier, Laurent Mugnier, Sudeep Kumar
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3374 Palat, Daniel Polani, Robin Socha, Richard Stanton, Allan Strand, Jan
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3375 Vroonhof, Christoph Wedler, Alan Williams}.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377 The @code{view-crossref} feature was inspired by @i{Peter Galbraith's}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 @file{bib-cite.el}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380 Finally thanks to @i{Uwe Bolick} who first got me (some years ago) into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381 supporting LaTeX labels and references with an editor (which was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382 MicroEmacs at the time).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384 @node Commands, Options, Imprint, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385 @chapter Commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386 @cindex Commands, list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3388 Here is a summary of @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s commands which can be executed from
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3389 LaTeX files. Command which are executed from the special buffers are
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3390 not described here. All commands are available from the @code{Ref}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3391 menu. For keybindings, @pxref{Keybindings}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393 @deffn Command reftex-toc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394 Show the table of contents for the current document. When called with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3395 one ore two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, rescan the document first.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3396 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3398 @deffn Command reftex-label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 Insert a unique label. With one or two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, enforce
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3400 document rescan first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403 @deffn Command reftex-reference
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404 Start a selection process to select a label, and insert a reference to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3405 it. With one or two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, enforce document rescan first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408 @deffn Command reftex-citation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. After prompting for a regular
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3410 expression, scans the buffers with BibTeX entries (taken from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411 @code{\bibliography} command or a @code{thebibliography} environment)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412 and offers the matching entries for selection. The selected entry is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 formated according to @code{reftex-cite-format} and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414 buffer.@refill @*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 When called with one or two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, first rescans the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416 document. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 When called with point inside the braces of a @code{\cite} command, it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 will add another key, ignoring the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419 @code{reftex-cite-format}.@refill @*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: @samp{&&} is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421 as @code{and}. Thus, @samp{aaaa&&bbb} matches entries which contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422 both @samp{aaaa} and @samp{bbb}. While entering the regexp, completion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423 on knows citation keys is possible. @samp{=} is a good regular
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424 expression to match all entries in all files.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 @deffn Command reftex-index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428 Query for an index macro and insert it along with its arguments. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 index macros available are those defined in @code{reftex-index-macro} or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430 by a call to @code{reftex-add-index-macros}, typically from an AUCTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431 style file. @b{Ref@TeX{}} provides completion for the index tag and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432 index key, and will prompt for other arguments.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435 @deffn Command reftex-index-selection-or-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436 Put current selection or the word near point into the default index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437 macro. This uses the information in @code{reftex-index-default-macro}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 to make an index entry. The phrase indexed is the current selection or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439 the word near point. When called with one @kbd{C-u} prefix, let the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440 user have a chance to edit the index entry. When called with 2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441 @kbd{C-u} as prefix, also ask for the index macro and other stuff. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 called inside TeX math mode as determined by the @file{texmathp.el}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443 library which is part of AUCTeX, the string is first processed with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444 @code{reftex-index-math-format}, which see.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3447 @deffn Command reftex-index-phrase-selection-or-word
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3448 Add current selection or the word at point to the phrases buffer.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3449 When you are in transient-mark-mode and the region is active, the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3450 selection will be used - otherwise the word at point.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3451 You get a chance to edit the entry in the phrases buffer - to save the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3452 buffer and return to the LaTeX document, finish with @kbd{C-c C-c}.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3453 @end deffn
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3454
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3455 @deffn Command reftex-index-visit-phrases-buffer
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3456 Switch to the phrases buffer, initialize if empty.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3457 @end deffn
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3458
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3459 @deffn Command reftex-index-phrases-apply-to-region
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3460 Index all index phrases in the current region.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3461 This works exactly like global indexing from the index phrases buffer,
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3462 but operation is restricted to the current region.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3463 @end deffn
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3464
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465 @deffn Command reftex-display-index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466 Display a buffer with an index compiled from the current document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 When the document has multiple indices, first prompts for the correct one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468 When index support is turned off, offer to turn it on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 With one or two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, rescan document first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470 With prefix 2, restrict index to current document section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471 With prefix 3, restrict index to active region.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 @deffn Command reftex-view-crossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 View cross reference of macro at point. Point must be on the @var{key}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476 argument. Works with the macros @code{\label}, @code{\ref},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 @code{\cite}, @code{\bibitem}, @code{\index} and many derivatives of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478 these. Where it makes sense, subsequent calls show additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 locations. See also the variable @code{reftex-view-crossref-extra} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 the command @code{reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex}. With one or two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481 @kbd{C-u} prefixes, enforce rescanning of the document. With argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482 2, select the window showing the cross reference.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485 @deffn Command reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 View location in a LaTeX document which cites the BibTeX entry at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 Since BibTeX files can be used by many LaTeX documents, this function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488 prompts upon first use for a buffer in @b{Ref@TeX{}} mode. To reset this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 link to a document, call the function with with a prefix arg. Calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490 this function several times find successive citation locations.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 @deffn Command reftex-create-tags-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494 Create TAGS file by running @code{etags} on the current document. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 TAGS file is also immediately visited with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496 @code{visit-tags-table}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 @deffn Command reftex-grep-document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500 Run grep query through all files related to this document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 With prefix arg, force to rescan document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502 No active TAGS table is required.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 @deffn Command reftex-search-document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506 Regexp search through all files of the current document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507 Starts always in the master file. Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508 No active TAGS table is required.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511 @deffn Command reftex-query-replace-document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 Run a query-replace-regexp of @var{from} with @var{to} over the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513 document. With prefix arg, replace only word-delimited matches. No
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514 active TAGS table is required.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517 @deffn Command reftex-change-label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 Query replace @var{from} with @var{to} in all @code{\label} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519 @code{\ref} commands. Works on the entire multifile document. No
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 active TAGS table is required.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523 @deffn Command reftex-renumber-simple-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 Renumber all simple labels in the document to make them sequentially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525 Simple labels are the ones created by RefTeX, consisting only of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 prefix and a number. After the command completes, all these labels will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 have sequential numbers throughout the document. Any references to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 labels will be changed as well. For this, @b{Ref@TeX{}} looks at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529 arguments of any macros which either start or end with the string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 @samp{ref}. This command should be used with care, in particular in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531 multifile documents. You should not use it if another document refers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532 to this one with the @code{xr} package.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535 @deffn Command reftex-find-duplicate-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 Produce a list of all duplicate labels in the document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539 @deffn Command reftex-customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540 Run the customize browser on the @b{Ref@TeX{}} group.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542 @deffn Command reftex-show-commentary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543 Show the commentary section from @file{reftex.el}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 @deffn Command reftex-info
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 Run info on the top @b{Ref@TeX{}} node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548 @deffn Command reftex-parse-document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549 Parse the entire document in order to update the parsing information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 @deffn Command reftex-reset-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 Enforce rebuilding of several internal lists and variables. Also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553 removes the parse file associated with the current document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556 @node Options, Keymaps and Hooks, Commands, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3557 @chapter Options, Keymaps, Hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3558 @cindex Options, list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560 Here is a complete list of @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s configuration variables. All
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561 variables have customize support - so if you are not familiar with Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562 Lisp (and even if you are) you might find it more comfortable to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563 @code{customize} to look at and change these variables. @kbd{M-x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564 reftex-customize} will get you there.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566 @menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567 * Options (Table of Contents)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 * Options (Defining Label Environments)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569 * Options (Creating Labels)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 * Options (Referencing Labels)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 * Options (Creating Citations)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572 * Options (Index Support)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573 * Options (Viewing Cross-References)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 * Options (Finding Files)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575 * Options (Optimizations)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576 * Options (Fontification)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 * Options (Misc)::
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578 @end menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580 @node Options (Table of Contents), Options (Defining Label Environments), , Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581 @section Table of Contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 @cindex Options, table of contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583 @cindex Table of contents, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3585 @defopt reftex-toc-max-level
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3586 The maximum level of toc entries which will be included in the TOC.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3587 Section headings with a bigger level will be ignored. In RefTeX,
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3588 chapters are level 1, sections level 2 etc. This variable can be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3589 changed from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the @kbd{t} key.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3590 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3591
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3592 @defopt reftex-toc-keep-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3593 Non-@code{nil} means, split the selected window to display the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594 @file{*toc*} buffer. This helps to keep the window configuration, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 makes the @file{*toc*} small. When @code{nil}, all other windows except
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596 the selected one will be deleted, so that the @file{*toc*} window fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3597 half the frame.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3600 @defopt reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3601 Non-@code{nil} means, include file boundaries in @file{*toc*} buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3602 This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3603 @kbd{i} key.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3604 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3606 @defopt reftex-toc-include-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3607 Non-@code{nil} means, include labels in @file{*toc*} buffer. This flag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3608 can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the @kbd{l}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3609 key.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3610 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3612 @defopt reftex-toc-include-index-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3613 Non-@code{nil} means, include index entries in @file{*toc*} buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3614 This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3615 @kbd{i} key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3616 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3618 @defopt reftex-toc-include-context
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3619 Non-@code{nil} means, include context with labels in the @file{*toc*}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3620 buffer. Context will only be shown if the labels are visible as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3621 This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3622 @kbd{c} key.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3623 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3625 @defopt reftex-toc-follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3626 Non-@code{nil} means, point in @file{*toc*} buffer (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3627 table-of-contents buffer) will cause other window to follow. The other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3628 window will show the corresponding part of the document. This flag can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3629 be toggled from within the @file{*toc*} buffer with the @kbd{f}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3630 key.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-toc-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634 Normal hook which is run when a @file{*toc*} buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3635 created.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3636 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638 @deffn Keymap reftex-toc-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639 The keymap which is active in the @file{*toc*} buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640 (@pxref{Table of Contents}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 @node Options (Defining Label Environments), Options (Creating Labels), Options (Table of Contents), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644 @section Defining Label Environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645 @cindex Options, defining label environments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 @cindex Defining label environments, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648 @defopt reftex-default-label-alist-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649 Default label alist specifications. It is a list of symbols with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650 associations in the constant @code{reftex-label-alist-builtin}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651 @code{LaTeX} should always be the last entry.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654 @defopt reftex-label-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655 Set this variable to define additions and changes to the defaults in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 @code{reftex-default-label-alist-entries}. The only things you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657 @emph{must not} change is that @code{?s} is the type indicator for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 section labels, and @key{SPC} for the @code{any} label type. These are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659 hard-coded at other places in the code.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661 The value of the variable must be a list of items. Each item is a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662 itself and has the following structure:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665 (@var{env-or-macro} @var{type-key} @var{label-prefix} @var{reference-format}
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3666 @var{context-method} (@var{magic-word} ... ) @var{toc-level})
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3667 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669 Each list entry describes either an environment carrying a counter for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670 use with @code{\label} and @code{\ref}, or a LaTeX macro defining a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671 label as (or inside) one of its arguments. The elements of each list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 entry are:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 @item @var{env-or-macro}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 Name of the environment (like @samp{table}) or macro (like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677 @samp{\myfig}). For macros, indicate the arguments, as in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 @samp{\myfig[]@{@}@{@}@{*@}@{@}}. Use square brackets for optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 arguments, a star to mark the label argument, if any. The macro does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680 not have to have a label argument - you could also use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681 @samp{\label@{...@}} inside one of its arguments.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683 Special names: @code{section} for section labels, @code{any} to define a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684 group which contains all labels.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 This may also be a function to do local parsing and identify point to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687 in a a non-standard label environment. The function must take an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688 argument @var{bound} and limit backward searches to this value. It
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 should return either nil or a cons cell @code{(@var{function}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690 . @var{position})} with the function symbol and the position where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691 special environment starts. See the Info documentation for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692 example.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694 Finally this may also be @code{nil} if the entry is only meant to change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695 some settings associated with the type indicator character (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 below).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 @item @var{type-key}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699 Type indicator character, like @code{?t}, must be a printable ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700 character. The type indicator is a single character which defines a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 label type. Any label inside the environment or macro is assumed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 belong to this type. The same character may occur several times in this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703 list, to cover cases in which different environments carry the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 label type (like @code{equation} and @code{eqnarray}). If the type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705 indicator is @code{nil} and the macro has a label argument @samp{@{*@}},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 the macro defines neutral labels just like @code{\label}. In this case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707 the reminder of this entry is ignored.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709 @item @var{label-prefix}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710 Label prefix string, like @samp{tab:}. The prefix is a short string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711 used as the start of a label. It may be the empty string. The prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 may contain the following @samp{%} escapes:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 %f Current file name, directory and extension stripped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 %F Current file name relative to master file directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 %u User login name, on systems which support this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718 %S A section prefix derived with variable @code{reftex-section-prefixes}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722 Example: In a file @file{intro.tex}, @samp{eq:%f:} will become
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723 @samp{eq:intro:}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3725 @item @var{reference-format}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3726 Format string for reference insert in buffer. @samp{%s} will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3727 replaced by the label. When the format starts with @samp{~}, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728 @samp{~} will only be inserted when the character before point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729 @emph{not} a whitespace.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731 @item @var{context-method}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732 Indication on how to find the short context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 If @code{nil}, use the text following the @samp{\label@{...@}} macro.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737 If @code{t}, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740 the section heading for section labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742 text following the @samp{\begin@{...@}} statement of environments (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743 a good choice for environments like eqnarray or enumerate, where one has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744 several labels in a single environment).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746 text after the macro name (starting with the first arg) for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747 macros.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 If an integer, use the nth argument of the macro. As a special case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751 1000 means to get text after the last macro argument.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753 If a string, use as regexp to search @emph{backward} from the label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754 Context is then the text following the end of the match. E.g. putting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755 this to @samp{\\caption[[@{]} will use the caption in a figure or table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756 environment. @samp{\\begin@{eqnarray@}\|\\\\} works for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3757 eqnarrays.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759 If any of @code{caption}, @code{item}, @code{eqnarray-like},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 @code{alignat-like}, this symbol will internally be translated into an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761 appropriate regexp (see also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762 @code{reftex-default-context-regexps}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764 If a function, call this function with the name of the environment/macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765 as argument. On call, point will be just after the @code{\label} macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766 The function is expected to return a suitable context string. It should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3767 throw an exception (error) when failing to find context. As an example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768 here is a function returning the 10 chars following the label macro as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769 context:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3771 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3772 (defun my-context-function (env-or-mac)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3773 (if (> (point-max) (+ 10 (point)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3774 (buffer-substring (point) (+ 10 (point)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3775 (error "Buffer too small")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3776 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 Label context is used in two ways by @b{Ref@TeX{}}: For display in the label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780 menu, and to derive a label string. If you want to use a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781 method for each of these, specify them as a dotted pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782 E.g. @code{(nil . t)} uses the text after the label (@code{nil}) for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783 display, and text from the default position (@code{t}) to derive a label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 string. This is actually used for section labels.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786 @item @var{magic-word-list}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787 List of magic words which identify a reference to be of this type. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 the word before point is equal to one of these words when calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789 @code{reftex-reference}, the label list offered will be automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 restricted to labels of the correct type. If the first element of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 word--list is the symbol `regexp', the strings are interpreted as regular
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3792 expressions.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3793
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3794 @item @var{toc-level}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3795 The integer level at which this environment should be added to the table
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3796 of contents. See also @code{reftex-section-levels}. A positive value
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3797 will number the entries mixed with the sectioning commands of the same
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3798 level. A negative value will make unnumbered entries. Useful only for
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3799 theorem-like environments which structure the document. Will be ignored
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3800 for macros. When omitted or @code{nil}, no TOC entries will be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3801 made.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 If the type indicator characters of two or more entries are the same,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will use@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808 the first non-@code{nil} format and prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810 the magic words of all involved entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813 Any list entry may also be a symbol. If that has an association in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814 @code{reftex-label-alist-builtin}, the @code{cddr} of that association is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 spliced into the list. However, builtin defaults should normally be set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816 with the variable @code{reftex-default-label-alist-entries}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819 @defopt reftex-max-section-depth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820 Maximum depth of section levels in document structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 Standard LaTeX needs 7, default is 12.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824 @defopt reftex-section-levels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825 Commands and levels used for defining sections in the document. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3826 @code{car} of each cons cell is the name of the section macro. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 @code{cdr} is a number indicating its level. A negative level means the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828 same as the positive value, but the section will never get a
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
3829 number. The @code{cdr} may also be a function which then has to return
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830 the level.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833 @defopt reftex-section-prefixes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 Prefixes for section labels. When the label prefix given in an entry in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835 @code{reftex-label-alist} contains @samp{%S}, this list is used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836 determine the correct prefix string depending on the current section
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3837 level. The list is an alist, with each entry of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838 @w{@code{(@var{key} . @var{prefix})}}. Possible keys are sectioning macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839 names like @samp{chapter}, integer section levels (as given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840 @code{reftex-section-levels}), and @code{t} for the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843 @defopt reftex-default-context-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 Alist with default regular expressions for finding context. The emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845 lisp form @w{@code{(format regexp (regexp-quote environment))}} is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846 to calculate the final regular expression - so @samp{%s} will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847 replaced with the environment or macro.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3850 @node Options (Creating Labels), Options (Referencing Labels), Options (Defining Label Environments), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3851 @section Creating Labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852 @cindex Options, creating labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 @cindex Creating labels, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 @defopt reftex-insert-label-flags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3856 Flags governing label insertion. The value has the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859 (@var{derive} @var{prompt})
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3860 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862 If @var{derive}is @code{t}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will try to derive a sensible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863 label from context. A section label for example will be derived from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864 the section heading. The conversion of the context to a legal label is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3865 governed by the specifications given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3866 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters}. If @var{derive} is @code{nil},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3867 the default label will consist of the prefix and a unique number, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3868 @samp{eq:23}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3870 If @var{prompt} is @code{t}, the user will be prompted for a label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3871 string. When @var{prompt} is @code{nil}, the default label will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3872 inserted without query.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3874 So the combination of @var{derive} and @var{prompt} controls label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3875 insertion. Here is a table describing all four possibilities:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3877 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3878 @group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3879 @var{derive} @var{prompt} @var{action}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3880 -----------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3881 nil nil @r{Insert simple label, like @samp{eq:22} or @samp{sec:13}. No query.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3882 nil t @r{Prompt for label.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3883 t nil @r{Derive a label from context and insert. No query.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3884 t t @r{Derive a label from context, prompt for confirmation.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3885 @end group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3886 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3888 Each flag may be set to @code{t}, @code{nil}, or a string of label type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3889 letters indicating the label types for which it should be true. Thus,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3890 the combination may be set differently for each label type. The default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3891 settings @samp{"s"} and @samp{"sft"} mean: Derive section labels from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3892 headings (with confirmation). Prompt for figure and table labels. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3893 simple labels without confirmation for everything else.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3895 The available label types are: @code{s} (section), @code{f} (figure),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3896 @code{t} (table), @code{i} (item), @code{e} (equation), @code{n}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3897 (footnote), @code{N} (endnote) plus any definitions in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3898 @code{reftex-label-alist}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3899 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3901 @deffn Hook reftex-format-label-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3902 If non-@code{nil}, should be a function which produces the string to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3903 insert as a label definition. The function will be called with two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3904 arguments, the @var{label} and the @var{default-format} (usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3905 @samp{\label@{%s@}}). It should return the string to insert into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3906 buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3907 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3909 @deffn Hook reftex-string-to-label-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3910 Function to turn an arbitrary string into a legal label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3911 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s default function uses the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3912 @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3913 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3915 @deffn Hook reftex-translate-to-ascii-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3916 Filter function which will process a context string before it is used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3917 derive a label from it. The intended application is to convert ISO or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3918 Mule characters into something legal in labels. The default function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3919 @code{reftex-latin1-to-ascii} removes the accents from Latin-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3920 characters. X-Symbol (>=2.6) sets this variable to the much more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3921 general @code{x-symbol-translate-to-ascii}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3922 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3924 @defopt reftex-derive-label-parameters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3925 Parameters for converting a string into a label. This variable is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3926 list of the following items:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3927 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3928 @item @var{nwords}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3929 Number of words to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3930 @item @var{maxchar}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3931 Maximum number of characters in a label string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3932 @item @var{illegal}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3933 @code{nil}: Throw away any words containing characters illegal in labels.@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3934 @code{t}: Throw away only the illegal characters, not the whole word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3935 @item @var{abbrev}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3936 @code{nil}: Never abbreviate words.@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3937 @code{t}: Always abbreviate words (see @code{reftex-abbrev-parameters}).@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3938 @code{1}: Abbreviate words if necessary to shorten label string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3939 @item @var{separator}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3940 String separating different words in the label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3941 @item @var{ignorewords}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3942 List of words which should not be part of labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3943 @item @var{downcase}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3944 @code{t}: Downcase words before putting them into the label.@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3946 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3948 @defopt reftex-label-illegal-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949 Regexp matching characters not legal in labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952 @defopt reftex-abbrev-parameters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953 Parameters for abbreviation of words. A list of four parameters.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955 @item @var{min-chars}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 Minimum number of characters remaining after abbreviation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957 @item @var{min-kill}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958 Minimum number of characters to remove when abbreviating words.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 @item @var{before}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960 Character class before abbrev point in word.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961 @item @var{after}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962 Character class after abbrev point in word.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3963 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966 @node Options (Referencing Labels), Options (Creating Citations), Options (Creating Labels), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967 @section Referencing Labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968 @cindex Options, referencing labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969 @cindex Referencing labels, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971 @defopt reftex-label-menu-flags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972 List of flags governing the label menu makeup. The flags are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974 @item @var{table-of-contents}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975 Show the labels embedded in a table of context.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 @item @var{section-numbers}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3977 Include section numbers (like 4.1.3) in table of contents.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3978 @item @var{counters}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979 Show counters. This just numbers the labels in the menu.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980 @item @var{no-context}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 Non-@code{nil} means do @emph{not} show the short context.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982 @item @var{follow}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983 Follow full context in other window.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984 @item @var{show-commented}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985 Show labels from regions which are commented out.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986 @item @var{match-everywhere}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987 Obsolete flag.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988 @item @var{show-files}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989 Show begin and end of included files.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3992 Each of these flags can be set to @code{t} or @code{nil}, or to a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3993 of type letters indicating the label types for which it should be true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3994 These strings work like character classes in regular expressions. Thus,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995 setting one of the flags to @samp{"sf"} makes the flag true for section
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3996 and figure labels, @code{nil} for everything else. Setting it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3997 @samp{"^sf"} makes it the other way round.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3999 The available label types are: @code{s} (section), @code{f} (figure),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4000 @code{t} (table), @code{i} (item), @code{e} (equation), @code{n}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4001 (footnote), plus any definitions in @code{reftex-label-alist}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003 Most options can also be switched from the label menu itself - so if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4004 decide here to not have a table of contents in the label menu, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4005 still get one interactively during selection from the label menu.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4006 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 @defopt reftex-multiref-punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009 Punctuation strings for multiple references. When marking is used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4010 the selection buffer to select several references, this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4011 associates the 3 marking characters @samp{,-+} with prefix strings to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012 inserted into the buffer before the corresponding @code{\ref} macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013 This is used to string together whole reference sets, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014 @samp{eqs. 1,2,3-5,6 and 7} in a single call to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015 @code{reftex-reference}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 @defopt reftex-vref-is-default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019 Non-@code{nil} means, the varioref macro @code{\vref} is used as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020 default. In the selection buffer, the @kbd{v} key toggles the reference
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021 macro between @code{\ref} and @code{\vref}. The value of this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 determines the default which is active when entering the selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 process. Instead of @code{nil} or @code{t}, this may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024 of type letters indicating the label types for which it should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025 true.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028 @defopt reftex-fref-is-default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029 Non-@code{nil} means, the fancyref macro @code{\fref} is used as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030 default. In the selection buffer, the @kbd{V} key toggles the reference
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 macro between @code{\ref}, @code{\fref} and @code{\Fref}. The value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032 this variable determines the default which is active when entering the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033 selection process. Instead of @code{nil} or @code{t}, this may also be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034 a string of type letters indicating the label types for which it should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 be true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038 @deffn Hook reftex-format-ref-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039 If non-@code{nil}, should be a function which produces the string to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 insert as a reference. Note that the insertion format can also be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041 changed with @code{reftex-label-alist}. This hook also is used by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 special commands to insert @code{\vref} and @code{\fref} references, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043 even if you set this, your setting will be ignored by the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 commands. The function will be called with two arguments, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045 @var{label} and the @var{default-format} (usually @samp{~\ref@{%s@}}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046 It should return the string to insert into the buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049 @defopt reftex-level-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 Number of spaces to be used for indentation per section level.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 @defopt reftex-guess-label-type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054 Non-@code{nil} means, @code{reftex-reference} will try to guess the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055 label type. To do that, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will look at the word before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 cursor and compare it with the magic words given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057 @code{reftex-label-alist}. When it finds a match, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058 immediately offer the correct label menu - otherwise it will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059 for a label type. If you set this variable to @code{nil}, @b{Ref@TeX{}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 will always prompt for a label type.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-display-copied-context-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064 Normal Hook which is run before context is displayed anywhere. Designed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 for @w{@code{X-Symbol}}, but may have other uses as well.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 @deffn Hook reftex-pre-refontification-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069 @code{X-Symbol} specific hook. Probably not useful for other purposes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 The functions get two arguments, the buffer from where the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071 started and a symbol indicating in what context the hook is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 called.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-select-label-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076 Normal hook which is run when a selection buffer enters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077 @code{reftex-select-label-mode}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 @deffn Keymap reftex-select-label-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 The keymap which is active in the labels selection process
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 (@pxref{Referencing Labels}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 @node Options (Creating Citations), Options (Index Support), Options (Referencing Labels), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 @section Creating Citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087 @cindex Options, creating citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088 @cindex Creating citations, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 @defopt reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 List of regular expressions to exclude files in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092 @code{\\bibliography@{..@}}. File names matched by any of these regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093 will not be parsed. Intended for files which contain only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 @code{@@string} macro definitions and the like, which are ignored by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095 @b{Ref@TeX{}} anyway.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4098 @defopt reftex-default-bibliography
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4099 List of BibTeX database files which should be used if none are specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4100 When @code{reftex-citation} is called from a document with neither
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4101 a @samp{\bibliography@{...@}} statement nor a @code{thebibliography}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4102 environment, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will scan these files instead. Intended for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4103 using @code{reftex-citation} in non-LaTeX files. The files will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4104 searched along the BIBINPUTS or TEXBIB path.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4105 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4107 @defopt reftex-sort-bibtex-matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4108 Sorting of the entries found in BibTeX databases by reftex-citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4109 Possible values:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4110 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4111 nil @r{Do not sort entries.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4112 author @r{Sort entries by author name.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4113 year @r{Sort entries by increasing year.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4114 reverse-year @r{Sort entries by decreasing year.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4115 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4116 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4118 @defopt reftex-cite-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4119 The format of citations to be inserted into the buffer. It can be a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4120 string, an alist or a symbol. In the simplest case this is just the string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4121 @samp{\cite@{%l@}}, which is also the default. See the definition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4122 @code{reftex-cite-format-builtin} for more complex examples.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4124 If @code{reftex-cite-format} is a string, it will be used as the format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4125 In the format, the following percent escapes will be expanded.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4127 @table @code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4128 @item %l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4129 The BibTeX label of the citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4130 @item %a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4131 List of author names, see also @code{reftex-cite-punctuation}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4132 @item %2a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4133 Like %a, but abbreviate more than 2 authors like Jones et al.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4134 @item %A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4135 First author name only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4136 @item %e
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4137 Works like @samp{%a}, but on list of editor names. (@samp{%2e} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4138 @samp{%E} work a well).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4139 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4141 It is also possible to access all other BibTeX database fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4144 %b booktitle %c chapter %d edition %h howpublished
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145 %i institution %j journal %k key %m month
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146 %n number %o organization %p pages %P first page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 %r address %s school %u publisher %t title
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148 %v volume %y year
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149 %B booktitle, abbreviated %T title, abbreviated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152 @noindent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 Usually, only @samp{%l} is needed. The other stuff is mainly for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154 echo area display, and for @code{(setq reftex-comment-citations t)}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156 @samp{%<} as a special operator kills punctuation and space around it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157 after the string has been formatted.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159 Beware that all this only works with BibTeX database files. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160 citations are made from the @code{\bibitems} in an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4161 @code{thebibliography} environment, only @samp{%l} is available.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163 If @code{reftex-cite-format} is an alist of characters and strings, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4164 user will be prompted for a character to select one of the possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 format strings.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 In order to configure this variable, you can either set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168 @code{reftex-cite-format} directly yourself or set it to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169 @emph{symbol} of one of the predefined styles. The predefined symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4170 are those which have an association in the constant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171 @code{reftex-cite-format-builtin}) E.g.: @code{(setq reftex-cite-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172 'natbib)}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175 @deffn Hook reftex-format-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177 If non-@code{nil}, should be a function which produces the string to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178 insert as a citation. Note that the citation format can also be changed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179 with the variable @code{reftex-cite-format}. The function will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180 called with two arguments, the @var{citation-key} and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181 @var{default-format} (taken from @code{reftex-cite-format}). It should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 return the string to insert into the buffer.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185 @defopt reftex-comment-citations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186 Non-@code{nil} means add a comment for each citation describing the full
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 entry. The comment is formatted according to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188 @code{reftex-cite-comment-format}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4191 @defopt reftex-cite-comment-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192 Citation format used for commented citations. Must @emph{not} contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193 @samp{%l}. See the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} for possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 percent escapes.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197 @defopt reftex-cite-punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198 Punctuation for formatting of name lists in citations. This is a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199 of 3 strings.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200 @enumerate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202 normal names separator, like @samp{, } in Jones, Brown and Miller
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4204 final names separator, like @samp{ and } in Jones, Brown and Miller
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206 The @samp{et al.} string, like @samp{ @{\it et al.@}} in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207 Jones @{\it et al.@}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208 @end enumerate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-select-bib-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 Normal hook which is run when a selection buffer enters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213 @code{reftex-select-bib-mode}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216 @deffn Keymap reftex-select-bib-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4217 The keymap which is active in the citation-key selection process
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218 (@pxref{Creating Citations}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 @node Options (Index Support), Options (Viewing Cross-References), Options (Creating Citations), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222 @section Index Support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223 @cindex Options, Index support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4224 @cindex Index support, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226 @defopt reftex-support-index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227 Non-@code{nil} means, index entries are parsed as well. Index support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228 is resource intensive and the internal structure holding the parsed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229 information can become quite big. Therefore it can be turned off. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230 this is @code{nil} and you execute a command which requires index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231 support, you will be asked for confirmation to turn it on and rescan the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232 document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235 @defopt reftex-index-special-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4236 List of special characters in index entries, given as strings. These
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4237 correspond to the @code{MakeIndex} keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4238 @code{(@var{level} @var{encap} @var{actual} @var{quote} @var{escape})}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4239 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241 @defopt reftex-index-macros
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4242 List of macros which define index entries. The structure of each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4243 is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4244 @lisp
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4245 (@var{macro} @var{index-tag} @var{key} @var{prefix} @var{exclude} @var{repeat})
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246 @end lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248 @var{macro} is the macro. Arguments should be denoted by empty braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249 as for example in @samp{\index[]@{*@}}. Use square brackets to denote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4250 optional arguments. The star marks where the index key is.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252 @var{index-tag} is a short name of the index. @samp{idx} and @samp{glo}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 are reserved for the default index and the glossary. Other indices can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254 be defined as well. If this is an integer, the Nth argument of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255 macro holds the index tag.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257 @var{key} is a character which is used to identify the macro for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 with @code{reftex-index}. @samp{?i}, @samp{?I}, and @samp{?g} are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259 reserved for default index and glossary.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261 @var{prefix} can be a prefix which is added to the @var{key} part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262 index entry. If you have a macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263 @code{\newcommand@{\molec@}[1]@{#1\index@{Molecules!#1@}}, this prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264 should be @samp{Molecules!}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266 @var{exclude} can be a function. If this function exists and returns a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 non-nil value, the index entry at point is ignored. This was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268 implemented to support the (deprecated) @samp{^} and @samp{_} shortcuts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 in the LaTeX2e @code{index} package.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4270
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4271 @var{repeat}, if non-@code{nil}, means the index macro does not typeset
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4272 the entry in the text, so that the text has to be repeated outside the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4273 index macro. Needed for @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word} and for
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4274 indexing from the phrase buffer.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4275
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4276 The final entry may also be a symbol. It must have an association in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277 the variable @code{reftex-index-macros-builtin} to specify the main
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278 indexing package you are using. Legal values are currently@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4279 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4280 default @r{The LaTeX default - unnecessary to specify this one}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281 multind @r{The multind.sty package}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4282 index @r{The index.sty package}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4283 index-shortcut @r{The index.sty packages with the ^ and _ shortcuts.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4284 @r{Should not be used - only for old documents}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4285 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286 Note that AUCTeX sets these things internally for @b{Ref@TeX{}} as well,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287 so with a sufficiently new version of AUCTeX, you should not set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4288 package here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4289 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291 @defopt reftex-index-default-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292 The default index macro for @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word}.
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4293 This is a list with @code{(@var{macro-key} @var{default-tag})}.
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295 @var{macro-key} is a character identifying an index macro - see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296 @code{reftex-index-macros}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4298 @var{default-tag} is the tag to be used if the macro requires a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4299 @var{tag} argument. When this is @code{nil} and a @var{tag} is needed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4300 @b{Ref@TeX{}} will ask for it. When this is the empty string and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4301 TAG argument of the index macro is optional, the TAG argument will be
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4302 omitted.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4303 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305 @defopt reftex-index-default-tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 Default index tag. When working with multiple indexes, RefTeX queries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307 for an index tag when creating index entries or displaying a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308 index. This variable controls the default offered for these queries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 The default can be selected with @key{RET} during selection or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310 completion. Legal values of this variable are:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312 nil @r{Do not provide a default index}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313 "tag" @r{The default index tag given as a string, e.g. "idx"}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314 last @r{The last used index tag will be offered as default}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 @defopt reftex-index-math-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319 Format of index entries when copied from inside math mode. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word} is executed inside TeX math mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 the index key copied from the buffer is processed with this format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322 string through the @code{format} function. This can be used to add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323 math delimiters (e.g. @samp{$}) to the string. Requires the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324 @file{texmathp.el} library which is part of AUCTeX.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326
27195
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4327 @defopt reftex-index-phrase-file-extension
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4328 File extension for the index phrase file. This extension will be added
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4329 to the base name of the master file.
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4330 @end defopt
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4331
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4332 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-logical-and-regexp
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4333 Regexp matching the @samp{and} operator for index arguments in phrases
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4334 file. When several index arguments in a phrase line are separated by
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4335 this operator, each part will generate an index macro. So each match of
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4336 the search phrase will produce @emph{several} different index entries.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4337 Make sure this does no match things which are not separators. This
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4338 logical @samp{and} has higher priority than the logical @samp{or}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4339 specified in @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp}.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4340 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4341
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4342 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4343 Regexp matching the @samp{or} operator for index arguments in phrases
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4344 file. When several index arguments in a phrase line are separated by
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4345 this operator, the user will be asked to select one of them at each
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4346 match of the search phrase. The first index arg will be the default. A
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4347 number key @kbd{1}--@kbd{9} must be pressed to switch to another. Make
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4348 sure this does no match things which are not separators. The logical
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4349 @samp{and} specified in @code{reftex-index-phrases-logical-or-regexp}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4350 has higher priority than this logical @samp{or}.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4351 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4352
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4353 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-search-whole-words
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4354 Non-@code{nil} means phrases search will look for whole words, not subwords.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4355 This works by requiring word boundaries at the beginning and end of
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4356 the search string. When the search phrase already has a non-word-char
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4357 at one of these points, no word boundary is required there.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4358 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4359
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4360 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-case-fold-search
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4361 Non-@code{nil} means, searching for index phrases will ignore
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4362 case.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4363 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4364
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4365 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-skip-indexed-matches
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4366 Non-@code{nil} means, skip matches which appear to be indexed already.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4367 When doing global indexing from the phrases buffer, searches for some
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4368 phrases may match at places where that phrase was already indexed. In
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4369 particular when indexing an already processed document again, this
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4370 will even be the norm. When this variable is non-@code{nil},
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4371 @b{Ref@TeX{}} checks if the match is an index macro argument, or if an
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4372 index macro is directly before or after the phrase. If that is the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4373 case, that match will be ignored.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4374 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4375
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4376 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-wrap-long-lines
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4377 Non-@code{nil} means, when indexing from the phrases buffer, wrap lines.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4378 Inserting indexing commands in a line makes the line longer - often
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4379 so long that it does not fit onto the screen. When this variable is
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4380 non-@code{nil}, newlines will be added as necessary before and/or after the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4381 indexing command to keep lines short. However, the matched text
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4382 phrase and its index command will always end up on a single line.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4383 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4384
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4385 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-sort-prefers-entry
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4386 Non-@code{nil} means when sorting phrase lines, the explicit index entry
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4387 is used. Phrase lines in the phrases buffer contain a search phrase, and
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4388 sorting is normally based on these. Some phrase lines also have
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4389 an explicit index argument specified. When this variable is
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4390 non-@code{nil}, the index argument will be used for sorting.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4391 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4392
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4393 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-sort-in-blocks
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4394 Non-@code{nil} means, empty and comment lines separate phrase buffer
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4395 into blocks. Sorting will then preserve blocks, so that lines are
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4396 re-arranged only within blocks.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4397 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4398
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4399 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-map
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4400 Keymap for the Index Phrases buffer.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4401 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4402
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4403 @defopt reftex-index-phrases-mode-hook
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4404 Normal hook which is run when a buffer is put into
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4405 @code{reftex-index-phrases-mode}.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4406 @end defopt
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4407
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4408 @defopt reftex-index-section-letters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4409 The letters which denote sections in the index. Usually these are all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4410 capital letters. Don't use any downcase letters. Order is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411 significant, the index will be sorted by whatever the sort function
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4412 thinks is correct. In addition to these letters, @b{Ref@TeX{}} will
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4413 create a group @samp{!} which contains all entries sorted below the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4414 lowest specified letter. In the @file{*Index*} buffer, pressing any of
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4415 these capital letters or @kbd{!} will jump to that section.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418 @defopt reftex-index-include-context
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419 Non-@code{nil} means, display the index definition context in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420 @file{*Index*} buffer. This flag may also be toggled from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421 @file{*Index*} buffer with the @kbd{c} key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424 @defopt reftex-index-follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425 Non-@code{nil} means, point in @file{*Index*} buffer will cause other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 window to follow. The other window will show the corresponding part of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427 the document. This flag can be toggled from within the @file{*Index*}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428 buffer with the @kbd{f} key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4431 @deffn Keymap reftex-index-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432 The keymap which is active in the @file{*Index*} buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433 (@pxref{Index Support}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 @node Options (Viewing Cross-References), Options (Finding Files), Options (Index Support), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 @section Viewing Cross-References
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438 @cindex Options, viewing cross-references
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 @cindex Viewing cross-references, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441 @defopt reftex-view-crossref-extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442 Macros which can be used for the display of cross references.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4443 This is used when `reftex-view-crossref' is called with point in an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444 argument of a macro. Note that crossref viewing for citations,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445 references (both ways) and index entries is hard-coded. This variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 is only to configure additional structures for which crossreference
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447 viewing can be useful. Each entry has the structure
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449 (@var{macro-re} @var{search-re} @var{highlight}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451 @var{macro-re} is matched against the macro. @var{search-re} is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452 regexp used to search for cross references. @samp{%s} in this regexp is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453 replaced with with the macro argument at point. @var{highlight} is an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4454 integer indicating which subgroup of the match should be highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4455 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457 @defopt reftex-auto-view-crossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458 Non-@code{nil} means, initially turn automatic viewing of crossref info
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459 on. Automatic viewing of crossref info normally uses the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4460 Whenever point is on the argument of a @code{\ref} or @code{\cite}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4461 macro, and no other message is being displayed, the echo area will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4462 display information about that cross reference. You can also set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463 variable to the symbol @code{window}. In this case a small temporary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464 window is used for the display. This feature can be turned on and of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 from the menu (Ref->Options).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468 @defopt reftex-idle-time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469 Time (secs) Emacs has to be idle before automatic crossref display is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470 done.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473 @defopt reftex-cite-view-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474 Citation format used to display citation info in the message area. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475 the variable @code{reftex-cite-format} for possible percent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476 escapes.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479 @defopt reftex-revisit-to-echo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480 Non-@code{nil} means, automatic citation display will revisit files if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481 necessary. When nil, citation display in echo area will only be active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 for cached echo strings (see @code{reftex-cache-cite-echo}), or for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483 BibTeX database files which are already visited by a live associated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484 buffers.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487 @defopt reftex-cache-cite-echo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488 Non-@code{nil} means, the information displayed in the echo area for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489 cite macros (see variable @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref}) is cached and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490 saved along with the parsing information. The cache survives document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 scans. In order to clear it, use @kbd{M-x reftex-reset-mode}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 @node Options (Finding Files), Options (Optimizations), Options (Viewing Cross-References), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495 @section Finding Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496 @cindex Options, Finding Files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497 @cindex Finding files, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4499 @defopt reftex-texpath-environment-variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4500 List of specifications how to retrieve the search path for TeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501 Several entries are possible.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504 If an element is the name of an environment variable, its content is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4505 used.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4506 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4507 If an element starts with an exclamation mark, it is used as a command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4508 to retrieve the path. A typical command with the kpathsearch library
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509 would be @w{@code{"!kpsewhich -show-path=.tex"}}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 Otherwise the element itself is interpreted as a path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513 Multiple directories can be separated by the system dependent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514 @code{path-separator}. Directories ending in @samp{//} or @samp{!!} will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 be expanded recursively. See also @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518 @defopt reftex-bibpath-environment-variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519 List of specifications how to retrieve the search path for BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520 files. Several entries are possible.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 If an element is the name of an environment variable, its content is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 used.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526 If an element starts with an exclamation mark, it is used as a command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 to retrieve the path. A typical command with the kpathsearch library
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528 would be @w{@code{"!kpsewhich -show-path=.bib"}}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 Otherwise the element itself is interpreted as a path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 Multiple directories can be separated by the system dependent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 @code{path-separator}. Directories ending in @samp{//} or @samp{!!} will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534 be expanded recursively. See also @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537 @defopt reftex-file-extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 Association list with file extensions for different file types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 This is a list of items, each item is like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540 @code{(@var{type} . (@var{def-ext} @var{other-ext} ...))}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542 @var{type}: @r{File type like @code{"bib"} or @code{"tex"}.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 @var{def-ext}: @r{The default extension for that file type, like @code{".tex"} or @code{".bib"}.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544 @var{other-ext}: @r{Any number of other legal extensions for this file type.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546 When a files is searched and it does not have any of the legal extensions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547 we try the default extension first, and then the naked file name.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550 @defopt reftex-search-unrecursed-path-first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 Non-@code{nil} means, search all specified directories before trying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552 recursion. Thus, in a path @samp{.//:/tex/}, search first @samp{./},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 then @samp{/tex/}, and then all subdirectories of @samp{./}. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554 option is @code{nil}, the subdirectories of @samp{./} are searched
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555 before @samp{/tex/}. This is mainly for speed - most of the time the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556 recursive path is for the system files and not for the user files. Set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 this to @code{nil} if the default makes @b{Ref@TeX{}} finding files with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558 equal names in wrong sequence.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4559 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561 @defopt reftex-use-external-file-finders
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562 Non-@code{nil} means, use external programs to find files. Normally,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563 @b{Ref@TeX{}} searches the paths given in the environment variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564 @code{TEXINPUTS} and @code{BIBINPUTS} to find TeX files and BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565 database files. With this option turned on, it calls an external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566 program specified in the option @code{reftex-external-file-finders}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 instead. As a side effect, the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568 @code{reftex-texpath-environment-variables} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 @code{reftex-bibpath-environment-variables} will be ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 @defopt reftex-external-file-finders
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573 Association list with external programs to call for finding files. Each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574 entry is a cons cell @w{@code{(@var{type} . @var{program})}}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575 @var{type} is either @code{"tex"} or @code{"bib"}. @var{program} is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 string containing the external program to use with any arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577 @code{%f} will be replaced by the name of the file to be found. Note
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578 that these commands will be executed directly, not via a shell. Only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579 relevant when @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580 non-@code{nil}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583 @page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 @node Options (Optimizations), Options (Fontification), Options (Finding Files), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585 @section Optimizations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 @cindex Options, optimizations
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587 @cindex Optimizations, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589 @defopt reftex-keep-temporary-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590 Non-@code{nil} means, keep buffers created for parsing and lookup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591 @b{Ref@TeX{}} sometimes needs to visit files related to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592 document. We distinguish files visited for@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593 @table @asis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594 @item PARSING
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595 Parts of a multifile document loaded when (re)-parsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596 document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597 @item LOOKUP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598 BibTeX database files and TeX files loaded to find a reference, to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 display label context, etc.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601 The created buffers can be kept for later use, or be thrown away
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602 immediately after use, depending on the value of this variable:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604 @table @code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605 @item nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 Throw away as much as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607 @item t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608 Keep everything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609 @item 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610 Throw away buffers created for parsing, but keep the ones created for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4611 lookup.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614 If a buffer is to be kept, the file is visited normally (which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615 potentially slow but will happen only once). If a buffer is to be thrown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616 away, the initialization of the buffer depends upon the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617 @code{reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4620 @defopt reftex-initialize-temporary-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621 Non-@code{nil} means do initializations even when visiting file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622 temporarily. When @code{nil}, @b{Ref@TeX{}} may turn off find-file hooks and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4623 other stuff to briefly visit a file. When @code{t}, the full default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624 initializations are done (@code{find-file-hook} etc.). Instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625 @code{t} or @code{nil}, this variable may also be a list of hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626 functions to do a minimal initialization.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 @defopt reftex-no-include-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630 List of regular expressions to exclude certain input files from parsing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631 If the name of a file included via @code{\include} or @code{\input} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4632 matched by any of the regular expressions in this list, that file is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633 parsed by @b{Ref@TeX{}}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636 @defopt reftex-enable-partial-scans
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637 Non-@code{nil} means, re-parse only 1 file when asked to re-parse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638 Re-parsing is normally requested with a @kbd{C-u} prefix to many @b{Ref@TeX{}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 commands, or with the @kbd{r} key in menus. When this option is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640 @code{t} in a multifile document, we will only parse the current buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 or the file associated with the label or section heading near point in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4642 menu. Requesting re-parsing of an entire multifile document then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4643 requires a @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix or the capital @kbd{R} key in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644 menus.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4647 @defopt reftex-save-parse-info
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648 Non-@code{nil} means, save information gathered with parsing in files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4649 The file @file{MASTER.rel} in the same directory as @file{MASTER.tex} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4650 used to save the information. When this variable is @code{t},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4653 accessing the parsing information for the first time in an editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4654 session will read that file (if available) instead of parsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4655 document.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4656 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4657 exiting Emacs or killing a buffer in reftex-mode will cause a new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4658 version of the file to be written.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4659 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4660 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4661
27195
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4662 @defopt reftex-parse-file-extension
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4663 File extension for the file in which parser information is stored.
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4664 This extension is added to the base name of the master file.
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4665 @end defopt
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
4666
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4667 @defopt reftex-allow-automatic-rescan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4668 Non-@code{nil} means, @b{Ref@TeX{}} may rescan the document when this seems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4669 necessary. Applies (currently) only in rare cases, when a new label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4670 cannot be placed with certainty into the internal label list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4671 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4673 @defopt reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4674 Non-@code{nil} means use a separate selection buffer for each label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4675 type. These buffers are kept from one selection to the next and need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4676 not to be created for each use - so the menu generally comes up faster.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4677 The selection buffers will be erased (and therefore updated)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4678 automatically when new labels in its category are added. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4679 variable @code{reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4680 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682 @defopt reftex-auto-update-selection-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683 Non-@code{nil} means, selection buffers will be updated automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4684 When a new label is defined with @code{reftex-label}, all selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685 buffers associated with that label category are emptied, in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 force an update upon next use. When @code{nil}, the buffers are left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687 alone and have to be updated by hand, with the @kbd{g} key from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688 label selection process. The value of this variable will only have any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689 effect when @code{reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers} is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690 non-@code{nil}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4691 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4693 @node Options (Fontification), Options (Misc), Options (Optimizations), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4694 @section Fontification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695 @cindex Options, fontification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696 @cindex Fontification, options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698 @defopt reftex-use-fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699 Non-@code{nil} means, use fonts in label menu and on-the-fly help.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700 Font-lock must be loaded as well to actually get fontified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701 display. After changing this option, a rescan may be necessary to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702 activate it.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705 @defopt reftex-refontify-context
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706 Non-@code{nil} means, re-fontify the context in the label menu with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707 font-lock. This slightly slows down the creation of the label menu. It
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708 is only necessary when you definitely want the context fontified.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710 This option may have 3 different values:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4711 @table @code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4712 @item nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713 Never refontify.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4714 @item t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715 Always refontify.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716 @item 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 Refontify when necessary, e.g. with old versions of the x-symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 package.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719 @end table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 The option is ignored when @code{reftex-use-fonts} is @code{nil}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4723 @defopt reftex-highlight-selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724 Non-@code{nil} means, highlight selected text in selection and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725 @file{*toc*} buffers. Normally, the text near the cursor is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726 @emph{selected} text, and it is highlighted. This is the entry most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727 keys in the selection and @file{*toc*} buffers act on. However, if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 mainly use the mouse to select an item, you may find it nice to have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729 mouse-triggered highlighting @emph{instead} or @emph{as well}. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730 variable may have one of these values:@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733 nil @r{No highlighting.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734 cursor @r{Highlighting is cursor driven.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 mouse @r{Highlighting is mouse driven.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736 both @r{Both cursor and mouse trigger highlighting.}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739 Changing this variable requires to rebuild the selection and *toc*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 buffers to become effective (keys @kbd{g} or @kbd{r}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743 @defopt reftex-cursor-selected-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744 Face name to highlight cursor selected item in toc and selection buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745 See also the variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747 @defopt reftex-mouse-selected-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748 Face name to highlight mouse selected item in toc and selection buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749 See also the variable @code{reftex-highlight-selection}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4750 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751 @defopt reftex-file-boundary-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 Face name for file boundaries in selection buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754 @defopt reftex-label-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755 Face name for labels in selection buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757 @defopt reftex-section-heading-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758 Face name for section headings in toc and selection buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760 @defopt reftex-toc-header-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761 Face name for the header of a toc buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763 @defopt reftex-bib-author-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764 Face name for author names in bib selection buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4766 @defopt reftex-bib-year-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4767 Face name for year in bib selection buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769 @defopt reftex-bib-title-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770 Face name for article title in bib selection buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772 @defopt reftex-bib-extra-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4773 Face name for bibliographic information in bib selection buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4774 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4775 @defopt reftex-select-mark-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776 Face name for marked entries in the selection buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4777 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4778 @defopt reftex-index-header-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779 Face name for the header of an index buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 @defopt reftex-index-section-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782 Face name for the start of a new letter section in the index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784 @defopt reftex-index-tag-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785 Face name for index names (for multiple indices).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4786 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4787 @defopt reftex-index-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4788 Face name for index entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4789 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791 @node Options (Misc), , Options (Fontification), Options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792 @section Miscellaneous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793 @cindex Options, misc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795 @defopt reftex-extra-bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796 Non-@code{nil} means, make additional key bindings on startup. These
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4797 extra bindings are located in the users @samp{C-c letter}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4798 map. @xref{Keybindings}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4799 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4801 @defopt reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4802 Plug-in flags for AUCTeX interface. This variable is a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4803 5 boolean flags. When a flag is non-@code{nil}, @b{Ref@TeX{}}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4804 will@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4806 @example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807 - supply labels in new sections and environments (flag 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808 - supply arguments for macros like @code{\label} (flag 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4809 - supply arguments for macros like @code{\ref} (flag 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4810 - supply arguments for macros like @code{\cite} (flag 4)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4811 - supply arguments for macros like @code{\index} (flag 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812 @end example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4814 You may also set the variable itself to t or nil in order to turn all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4815 options on or off, respectively.@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4816 Supplying labels in new sections and environments applies when creating
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4817 sections with @kbd{C-c C-s} and environments with @kbd{C-c C-e}.@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818 Supplying macro arguments applies when you insert such a macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819 interactively with @kbd{C-c @key{RET}}.@*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4820 See the AUCTeX documentation for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4821 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4823 @defopt reftex-revisit-to-follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4824 Non-@code{nil} means, follow-mode will revisit files if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4825 When nil, follow-mode will be suspended for stuff in unvisited files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4826 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4828 @defopt reftex-allow-detached-macro-args
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4829 Non-@code{nil} means, allow arguments of macros to be detached by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830 whitespace. When this is @code{t}, the @samp{aaa} in @w{@samp{\bbb
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4831 [xxx] @{aaa@}}} will be considered an argument of @code{\bb}. Note that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4832 this will be the case even if @code{\bb} is defined with zero or one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4833 argument.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4834 @end defopt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4836 @node Keymaps and Hooks, Changes, Options, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4837 @section Keymaps and Hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4838 @cindex Keymaps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4840 @b{Ref@TeX{}} has the usual general keymap and load-- and mode-hook.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4842 @deffn Keymap reftex-mode-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4843 The keymap for @b{Ref@TeX{}} mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4844 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4846 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-load-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4847 Normal hook which is being run when loading @file{reftex.el}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4848 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4850 @deffn {Normal Hook} reftex-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4851 Normal hook which is being run when turning on @b{Ref@TeX{}} mode.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4852 @end deffn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4853
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4854 Furthermore, the 4 modes used for referencing labels, creating
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4855 citations, the table of contents buffer and the phrases buffer have
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4856 their own keymaps and mode hooks. See the respective sections. There
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4857 are many more hooks which are described in the relevant sections about
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
4858 options for a specific part of @b{Ref@TeX{}}.@refill
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4860 @node Changes, , Keymaps and Hooks, Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4861 @chapter Changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4862 @cindex Changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4864 Here is a list of recent changes to @b{Ref@TeX{}}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4866 @ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4867 @noindent @b{Version 1.00}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4868 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4869 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4870 released on 7 Jan 1997.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4871 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4873 @noindent @b{Version 1.04}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4874 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4875 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4876 Macros as wrappers, AMSTeX support, delayed context parsing for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4877 new labels.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4878 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4880 @noindent @b{Version 1.05}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4881 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4882 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4883 XEmacs port.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4884 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4886 @noindent @b{Version 1.07}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4887 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4888 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4889 @b{Ref@TeX{}} gets its own menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4890 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4892 @noindent @b{Version 1.09}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4893 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4894 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4895 Support for @code{tex-main-file}, an analogue for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4896 @code{TeX-master}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4897 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4898 MS-DOS support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4899 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4901 @noindent @b{Version 2.00}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4902 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4903 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4904 Labels can be derived from context (default for sections).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4905 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4906 Configuration of label insertion and label referencing revised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4907 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4908 Crossref fields in BibTeX database entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4909 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4910 @code{reftex-toc} introduced (thanks to Stephen Eglen).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4911 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4913 @noindent @b{Version 2.03}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4914 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4915 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4916 @code{figure*}, @code{table*}, @code{sidewaysfigure/table} added to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4917 default environments.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4918 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4919 @code{reftex-bibfile-ignore-list} introduced (thanks to Rory Molinari).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4920 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4921 New functions @code{reftex-arg-label}, @code{reftex-arg-ref},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4922 @code{reftex-arg-cite}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4923 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4924 Emacs/XEmacs compatibility reworked. XEmacs 19.15 now is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4925 required.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4926 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4927 @code{reftex-add-to-label-alist} (to be called from AUCTeX style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4928 files).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4929 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4930 Finding context with a hook function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4931 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4932 Sorting BibTeX entries (new variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4933 @code{reftex-sort-bibtex-matches}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4934 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4936 @noindent @b{Version 2.05}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4937 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4938 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4939 Support for @file{custom.el}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4940 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4941 New function @code{reftex-grep-document} (thanks to Stephen Eglen).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4942 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4944 @noindent @b{Version 2.07}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4945 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4946 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4947 New functions @code{reftex-search-document},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4948 @code{reftex-query-replace-document}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4949 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4951 @noindent @b{Version 2.11}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4952 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4953 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4954 Submitted for inclusion to Emacs and XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4955 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4957 @noindent @b{Version 2.14}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4958 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4959 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960 Variable @code{reftex-plug-into-AUCTeX} simplifies cooperation with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4961 AUCTeX.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4962 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964 @noindent @b{Version 2.17}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4966 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4967 Label prefix expands % escapes with current file name and other stuff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4968 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969 Citation format now with % escapes. This is not backward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970 compatible!@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4971 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4972 TEXINPUTS variable recognized when looking for input files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4973 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4974 Context can be the nth argument of a macro.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4976 Searching in the select buffer is now possible (@kbd{C-s} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4977 @kbd{C-r}).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979 Display and derive-label can use two different context methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4981 AMSmath @code{xalignat} and @code{xxalignat} added.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4982 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4984 @noindent @b{Version 3.00}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987 @b{Ref@TeX{}} should work better for very large projects:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4988 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989 The new parser works without creating a master buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4990 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4991 Rescanning can be limited to a part of a multifile document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 Information from the parser can be stored in a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4994 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995 @b{Ref@TeX{}} can deal with macros having a naked label as an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997 Macros may have white space and newlines between arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999 Multiple identical section headings no longer confuse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000 @code{reftex-toc}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002 @b{Ref@TeX{}} should work correctly in combination with buffer-altering
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 packages like outline, folding, x-symbol, iso-cvt, isotex, etc.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005 All labeled environments discussed in @emph{The LaTeX Companion} by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 Goossens, Mittelbach & Samarin, Addison-Wesley 1994) are part of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007 @b{Ref@TeX{}}'s defaults.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 @noindent @b{Version 3.03}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013 Support for the LaTeX package @code{xr}, for inter-document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014 references.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 A few (minor) Mule-related changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018 Fixed bug which could cause @emph{huge} @file{.rel} files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020 Search for input and @file{.bib} files with recursive path definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 @noindent @b{Version 3.04}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026 Fixed BUG in the @emph{xr} support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029 @noindent @b{Version 3.05}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 Compatibility code now first checks for XEmacs feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035 @noindent @b{Version 3.07}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 @code{Ref} menu improved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 @noindent @b{Version 3.10}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044 Fixed a bug which made reftex 3.07 fail on [X]Emacs version 19.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046 Removed unimportant code which caused OS/2 Emacs to crash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048 All customization variables now accessible from menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051 @noindent @b{Version 3.11}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054 Fixed bug which led to naked label in (e.g.) footnotes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 Added scroll-other-window functions to RefTeX-Select.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059 @noindent @b{Version 3.12}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062 There are 3 new keymaps for customization: @code{reftex-toc-map},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063 @code{reftex-select-label-map}, @code{reftex-select-bib-map}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5064 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 Refontification uses more standard font-lock stuff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067 When no BibTeX database files are specified, citations can also use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068 @code{\bibitem} entries from a @code{thebibliography} environment.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071 @noindent @b{Version 3.14}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074 Selection buffers can be kept between selections: this is faster.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 See new variable @code{reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 Prefix interpretation of reftex-view-crossref changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079 Support for the @code{varioref} package (@kbd{v} key in selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080 buffer).@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083 @noindent @b{Version 3.16}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086 New hooks @code{reftex-format-label-function},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087 @code{reftex-format-ref-function}, @code{reftex-format-cite-function}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089 TeXInfo documentation completed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5090 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091 Some restrictions in Label inserting and referencing removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5093 New variable @code{reftex-default-bibliography}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096 @noindent @b{Version 3.17}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5098 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099 Additional bindings in selection and @file{*toc*} buffers. @kbd{g}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100 redefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 New command @code{reftex-save-all-document-buffers}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104 Magic word matching made more intelligent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106 Selection process can switch to completion (with @key{TAB}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108 @code{\appendix} is now recognized and influences section numbering.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110 File commentary shortened considerably (use Info documentation).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112 New option @code{reftex-no-include-regexps} to skip some include files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114 New option @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5117 @noindent @b{Version 3.18}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5119 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120 The selection now uses a recursive edit, much like minibuffer input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5121 This removes all restrictions during selection. E.g. you can now
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5122 switch buffers at will, use the mouse etc.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5123 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5124 New option @code{reftex-highlight-selection}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5125 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5126 @kbd{mouse-2} can be used to select in selection and @file{*toc*}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127 buffers.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129 Fixed some problems regarding the interaction with VIPER mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131 Follow-mode is now only used after point motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5132 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5133 @b{Ref@TeX{}} now finally does not fontify temporary files anymore.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5134 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136 @noindent @b{Version 3.19}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139 Fixed bug with AUCTeX @code{TeX-master}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5140 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142 @noindent @b{Version 3.21}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145 New options for all faces used by @b{Ref@TeX{}}. They're in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146 customization group @code{reftex-fontification-configurations}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5147 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149 @noindent @b{Version 3.22}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152 Fixed bug with empty context strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154 @code{reftex-mouse-view-crossref} is now bound by default at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 @kbd{S-mouse-2}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158 @noindent @b{Version 3.23}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161 Parse files @file{MASTER.rel} made compatible between Emacs and XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5163 @code{kill-emacs-hook} and @code{kill-buffer-hook} now write the parse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5166 The cursor inside a @code{\ref} or @code{\cite} macro can now trigger
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167 automatic display of crossref information in the echo area. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168 variable @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5170 AUCTeX interface updates:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5171 @itemize @minus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5172 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5173 AUCTeX 9.9c and later notifies @b{Ref@TeX{}} about new sections.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5174 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5175 @b{Ref@TeX{}} notifies AUCTeX about new labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5177 @code{TeX-arg-ref} no longer used (introduction was unnecessary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5178 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179 @code{reftex-arg-label} and @code{reftex-arg-cite} fixed up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5180 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5181 Settings added to @b{Ref@TeX{}} via style files remain local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5182 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5183 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5184 Fixed bug with @code{reftex-citation} in non-latex buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5185 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5186 Fixed bug with syntax table and context refontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5187 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5188 Safety-net for name change of @code{font-lock-reference-face}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5189 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5191 @noindent @b{Version 3.24}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5192 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5193 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5194 New option @code{reftex-revisit-to-echo}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5195 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5196 Interface with X-Symbol (>=2.6) is now complete and stable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5197 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5198 Adapted to new outline, which uses overlays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5199 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5200 File names in @code{\bibliography} may now have the @code{.bib}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5201 extension.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5202 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5203 Fixed Bug with parsing "single file" from master file buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5204 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5206 @noindent @b{Version 3.25}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5207 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5208 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5209 Echoing of citation info caches the info for displayed entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5210 New option @code{reftex-cache-cite-echo}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5211 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5212 @kbd{M-x reftex-reset-mode} now also removes the file with parsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5213 info.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5214 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5215 Default of @code{reftex-revisit-to-follow} changed to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5216 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218 @noindent @b{Version 3.26}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5220 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221 [X]Emacs 19 no longer supported. Use 3.22 for Emacs 19.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5222 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5223 New hooks @code{reftex-translate-to-ascii-function},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5224 @code{reftex-string-to-label-function}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5225 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5226 Made sure automatic crossref display will not visit/scan files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5227 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5229 @noindent @b{Version 3.27}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5230 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5231 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5232 Macros can define @emph{neutral} labels, just like @code{\label}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5233 itself.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5234 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5235 New option @code{reftex-allow-detached-macro-args}, default @code{nil}!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5236 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5238 @noindent @b{Version 3.28}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5239 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5240 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5241 Auto view crossref for XEmacs uses @code{post-command-hook} to restart the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5242 timer, since itimer restart is not reliable.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5243 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5244 Option @code{reftex-bibfile-ignore-list} renamed to @code{-regexps}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5245 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5246 Expansion of recursive tex and bib path rewritten.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5247 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5248 Fixed problem where @b{Ref@TeX{}} did not scan unsaved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5249 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5250 Fixed bug with section numbering after *-red sections.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5251 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5253 @noindent @b{Version 3.30}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5254 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5255 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5256 In @code{reftex-citation}, the regular expression used to scan BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5257 files can be specified using completion on known citation keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5258 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5259 New keys @kbd{a} and @kbd{A} in BibTeX selection process to cite @emph{all}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5260 entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5262 New command @code{reftex-renumber-simple-labels} to renumber simple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263 labels like @samp{eq:13} sequentially through a document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265 @noindent @b{Version 3.33}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5266 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268 Multiple selection buffers are now hidden buffers (they start with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269 SPACE).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271 Fixed bug with file search when TEXINPUTS environment variable is empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5273 @noindent @b{Version 3.34}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5275 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276 Additional flag in @code{reftex-derive-label-parameters} do make only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 lowercase labels (default @code{t}).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279 All @file{.rel} files have a final newline to avoid queries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5280 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281 Single byte representations of accented European letters (ISO-8859-1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282 are now legal in labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 @noindent @b{Version 3.35}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287 ISO 8859 Latin-1 chars are converted to ASCII to derive better labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288 This takes back the related changes in 3.34 for safety reasons.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290 @noindent @b{Version 3.36}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293 New value @code{window} for option @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 @noindent @b{Version 3.38}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298 @code{reftex-view-crossref} no longer moves to find a macro. Point has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 to be on the macro argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 @noindent @b{Version 3.41}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304 New options @code{reftex-texpath-environment-variables},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305 @code{reftex-use-external-file-finders},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 @code{reftex-external-file-finders},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 @code{reftex-search-unrecursed-path-first}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 @emph{kpathsearch} support. See new options and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310 @code{reftex-bibpath-environment-variables}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312 @noindent @b{Version 3.42}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315 File search further refined. New option @code{reftex-file-extensions}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 @file{*toc*} buffer can show the file boundaries of a multifile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318 document, all labels and associated context. New keys @kbd{i}, @kbd{l},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319 and @kbd{c}. New options @code{reftex-toc-include-labels},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320 @code{reftex-toc-include-context},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 @code{reftex-toc-include-file-boundaries}. @refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 @noindent @b{Version 3.43}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326 Viewing cross-references generalized. Now works on @code{\label},
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327 @code{\ref}, @code{\cite}, @code{\bibitem}, @code{\index}, variations of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328 these, and from BibTeX buffers.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330 New option @code{reftex-view-crossref-extra}.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332 Support for the additional sectioning commands @code{\addchap} and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333 @code{\addsec} which are defined in the LaTeX KOMA-Script classes.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5334 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 Files in @code{reftex-default-bibliography} will be searched along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336 @code{BIBINPUTS} path.@refill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 Reading a parse file now checks consistency.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339 @end itemize
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5340 @end ignore
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341 @noindent @b{Version 4.00}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 RefTeX has been split into several smaller files which are autoloaded on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 demand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347 Index support, along with many new options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 The selection of keys for @code{\ref} and @code{\cite} now allows to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 select multiple items by marking entries with the @kbd{m} key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 Fancyref support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354 @noindent @b{Version 4.01}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357 New command @code{reftex-index-globally} to index a word in many
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358 places in the document. Also available from the index buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359 @kbd{&}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5361 The first item in a @code{reftex-label-alist} entry may now also be a parser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362 function to do non-standard parsing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364 @code{reftex-auto-view-crossref} no longer interferes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365 @code{pop-up-frames} (patch from Stefan Monnier).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5366 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367 @noindent @b{Version 4.02}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370 macros ending in @samp{refrange} are considered to contain references.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372 Index entries made with @code{reftex-index-selection-or-word} in TeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373 math mode automatically get enclosing @samp{$} to preserve math mode. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374 new option @code{reftex-index-math-format}. Requires AUCTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376 @noindent @b{Version 4.04}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 New option @code{reftex-index-default-tag} implements a default for queries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380 @end itemize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 @noindent @b{Version 4.06}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382 @itemize @bullet
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384 @code{reftex-section-levels} can contain a function to compute the level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385 of a sectioning command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386 @item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387 Multiple @code{thebibliography} environments recognized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388 @end itemize
26911
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5389 @noindent @b{Version 4.09}
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5390 @itemize @bullet
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5391 @item
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5392 New option @code{reftex-toc-max-level} to limit the depth of the toc.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5393 New keybinding @kbd{t} in the @file{*toc*} buffer to change this
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5394 setting.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5395 @item
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5396 RefTeX maintaines an @file{Index Phrases} file in which phrases can be
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5397 collected. When the document is ready, RefTeX can search all
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5398 these phrases and assist indexing all matches.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5399 @item
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5400 The variables @code{reftex-index-macros} and
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5401 @code{reftex-index-default-macro} have changed their syntax slightly.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5402 The @var{repeat} parameter has move from the latter to the former.
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5403 Also calls to @code{reftex-add-index-macros} from AUCTeX style files
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5404 need to be adapted.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5405 @item
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5406 The variable @code{reftex-section-levels} no longer contains the
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5407 default stuff which has been moved to a constant.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5408 @item
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5409 Environments like theorems can be placed into the TOC by putting
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5410 entries for @samp{"begin@{theorem@}"} in
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5411 @code{reftex-setion-levels}.@refill
d7f536a01276 Update to reftex 4.9
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 25829
diff changeset
5412 @end itemize
27195
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
5413 @noindent @b{Version 4.10}
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
5414 @itemize @bullet
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
5415 @item
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
5416 Renamed @file{reftex-vcr.el} to @file{reftex-dcr.el} because of conflict
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
5417 with @file{reftex-vars.el} on DOS machines.
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
5418 @item
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
5419 New options @code{reftex-parse-file-extension} and
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
5420 @code{reftex-index-phrase-file-extension}.
d7311a9cb223 version 4.10
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 26911
diff changeset
5421 @end itemize
27604
0b645a4a64fa RefTeX 4.11
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 27195
diff changeset
5422 @noindent @b{Version 4.11}
0b645a4a64fa RefTeX 4.11
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 27195
diff changeset
5423 @itemize @bullet
0b645a4a64fa RefTeX 4.11
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 27195
diff changeset
5424 @item
0b645a4a64fa RefTeX 4.11
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 27195
diff changeset
5425 Fixed bug which would parse @samp{\Section} just like @samp{\section}.
0b645a4a64fa RefTeX 4.11
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 27195
diff changeset
5426 @end itemize
29772
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
5427 @noindent @b{Version 4.12}
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
5428 @itemize @bullet
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
5429 @item
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
5430 Support for @file{bibentry} citation style.
265fdb06f294 Update to reftex 4 14
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 29713
diff changeset
5431 @end itemize
34403
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
5432 @noindent @b{Version 4.15}
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
5433 @itemize @bullet
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
5434 @item
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
5435 Small bug fixes.
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
5436 @item
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
5437 Improved interaction with Emacs LaTeX mode.
6679ef9b33fe RefTeX 4.15 update
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents: 30009
diff changeset
5438 @end itemize
25829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 @node Index, , , Top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 @unnumbered Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442 @printindex cp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444 @summarycontents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 @contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 @bye
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447